Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

Jungkook parked the car outside the elementary school, texting his best friend that he’d found his way to the school and that he’d pick up Sophie. Namjoon had called him an hour and a half earlier rather frantic at the fact that he'd still be in transit when he was supposed to pick up his daughter from school. Jungkook had never been to the school before so it had taken a bit of struggle with navigation but he’d made it there in time.

“Jang-mi, no, stay!” Jungkook said as his dog tried to get into the front seat. “Oh, don’t look at me like that, you know you’re not allowed up here.”

Jang-mi tilted her head to the side as if to say that she absolutely was allowed in the front seat. Jungkook merely leveled his gray and white pitbull with a firm stare, pleased when the dog sat down in the backseat again.

“We’re here to pick up Sophie, okay? So you need to be on your best behavior. I’ll let you out of the car but you need to stay on the leash here. Kids can be scared of you even though you’re the most gentle pup I’ve ever met.”

Jungkook climbed out of the car, moving to open the door to the backseat. Jang-mi was still seated and Jungkook clipped the leash on her before giving her the command to exit. A few kids were already trickling out of the building and Jungkook decided to walk a little closer to the building, knowing that Sophie would come out, looking for her dad.

Namjoon had just been in L.A. on business and he was supposed to have arrived back in San Francisco two hours ago. But there had been a delay in the flight so he’d called Jungkook. Normally, Namjoon’s husband would pick Sophie up but he was currently in NY on a press tour for his latest single. Sophie had been dropped off by Jin in the morning and Namjoon was supposed to pick her up. But due to the delay, Jungkook was now the designated driver for the six-year-old.

Jungkook had wandered up toward the front door, smiling as Jang-mi stayed close by his side, being very calm as the kids bustled all around them. It didn’t take long before Jungkook saw Sophie come bouncing out of the school, her curly black hair tied up in a ponytail. Jungkook raised his hand to wave at her and her eyes immediately lit up.

“Uncle JK!” Sophie squealed.
“Hi sweetheart!”

Sophie rushed over to him, instantly launching herself into his arms. Jungkook caught her with ease, squeezing her gently as she hugged him tightly.

“Where’s dad?”
“His plane is late so he called me and asked if I could pick you up. I hope that’s okay?”
“Yes! Is dad coming home soon?”
“He is. He said he would probably be home in two or three hours. So you’ll have to put up with me for a little while.”
“Can we get pizza for dinner?”
“I think that can be arranged,” Jungkook said, laughing as Sophie let out an excited squeal. “Now, Jang-mi wants to say hello to her favorite girl.”
“Hi Jang!” Sophie said as Jungkook put her down.

Jang-mi immediately licked Sophie’s outstretched hand and soon the dog was pressed against Sophie’s leg as the young girl pet the dog.

“Excuse me, who are you?” A rather deep, rich voice asked.

As Jungkook lifted his gaze, it landed on a man that was undoubtedly one of the most gorgeous people he’d seen. There was also something oddly familiar about him but Jungkook didn’t think that was possible. He was still pretty new in the city and he’d never been to the school before. Maybe he’d seen the guy at the grocery store at some point?

“Oh, hi. Yeah, I’m Namjoon’s best friend.”
“This is uncle JK!” Sophie said with a bright smile.
“You know him?” The man asked Sophie.
“He’s my uncle! Dad’s best friend.”
“Alright… well, I wanted to make sure, usually Namjoon or Jin pick her up.”
“Yeah, that was the plan but Namjoon’s flight was delayed and Jin’s in NY until tomorrow evening,” Jungkook said, still eying the man who looked to be around his own age.
“Ah. Well, you were an unfamiliar person so I wanted to make sure everything was okay.”
“Everything’s great! We’re going to get pizza.” Sophie was clearly quite excited about the food.
“I appreciate you looking out for Sophie, thank you,” Jungkook said with a soft smile.
“No worries. I’ll see you tomorrow then, Sophie.”
“Bye mr. Kim!” Sophie said.
“Bye,” Jungkook said as the man flashed a little smile before disappearing back toward the school building. “Who was that?”
“Mr. Kim? He’s my P.E. teacher!”
“Is he from Korea?”
“I don’t know, he started working here this year.”

Jungkook stole one more glance toward the Asian man as he walked through the school doors. Then Jungkook’s focus was on Sophie. The young girl wasted no time in grabbing his hand and pulling them toward the car, already babbling about what type of pizza she wanted to get. Jungkook chuckled as he listened to her, definitely loving that he’d get to spend a little one-on-one time with his favorite (human) girl.

Two and a half hours later, Jungkook was seated in the living room of Namjoon and Jin’s house, half-watching whatever show it was that Sophie was watching. Jang-mi was next to him, her head resting on Jungkook’s leg and he was absentmindedly rubbing her ears, knowing just how much she loved that.

“Anyone home?” Namjoon’s deep voice was heard.
“Dad!” Sophie called out, jumping off the couch and rushing out to the hallway.

Jungkook chuckled, getting to his feet and commanding Jang-mi to stay put. He then moved to the doorway, smiling as he saw Sophie in Namjoon’s arms.

“They finally got the plane sorted out, huh?” Jungkook said.
“Yeah, it was something with the wheels,” Namjoon replied. “Thank you for picking her up, I owe you one.”
“No worries, I got to spend time with my best girl. Plus, we had pizza for dinner.”
“I need to get back to the TV!” Sophie said, wriggling her way out of Namjoon’s hold.
“Fine, I see how it is. TV’s more important than dad, huh?” Namjoon teased.
“Daaaaaad!” Sophie groaned before bouncing back to the TV again.
“Seriously, JK, thank you. I honestly don’t know what I would have done without you today.”
“Again? No worries, I enjoyed seeing her school. And I met her P.E. teacher…”
“Mr. Kim? Yeah, he… oh… really, JK?”
“What?” JK said, feigning ignorance.
“You found him hot, huh?”
“I hate that you know me so well!” Jungkook groaned.
“No, you don’t.”
“I don’t. But right now I do. Tell me about the guy though?”
“Honestly, I don’t know much about him. He’s been at the school for the last four months, Sophie thinks he’s great. Apparently he moved to the US from Korea about 10 years ago.”
“He looks kind of familiar,” Jungkook said as the two men headed out to the kitchen.
“Right! You’ve just got the hots for teacher.”
“Oh shut up!”
“Nope! Besides, didn’t you go on a date last week with a guy who you claimed was hot?”
“He was hot until he started talking about his beliefs in politics, then he became wildly unattractive.”
“Oh yeah! How can someone who claims to be gay be so pro-republican? Gross,” Namjoon said with a grimace.
“Exactly! So yeah, that was a date I’d rather forget. But back to this Mr. Kim… what’s his first name?”
“Man, you’re asking the wrong guy. Jin’s much better at that stuff, you know how bad I am with names.”

Jungkook laughed as he grabbed the two of them a couple of bottles of water from the fridge, tossing one to Namjoon before they headed out to the living room, settling down on the large couch, chatting softly while Sophie watched her show.

Two days later Jungkook had just finished his grocery shop, walking toward the exit and to Jang-mi. He frowned a little as he noticed someone crouched down next to her, gently scratching her ear. Jang-mi was clearly not minding in the least as she was leaning into the touch.

“Excuse me?” Jungkook said as he approached the two.
“Sorry, I just couldn’t help… oh hi!” The man petting Jang-mi looked up and blinked in surprise.
“Hi…?” Jungkook said, wondering why this man was saying hi like he knew him.
“Oh shit, yeah, you probably don’t recognize me,” The man said before pulling off his cap and tugging his face mask down.
“Mr. Kim?” Jungkook chuckled.
“Namjoon’s best friend, right?”
“JK.”
“JK,” the man repeated with a little smile.

Jungkook still couldn’t get over the fact that the guy looked familiar to him but he just couldn’t place him. Suddenly the guy sneezed rather violently and JK’s eyes went wide before letting out a, nearly, hysterical giggle.

“Sorry, allergies,” the teacher said.
“How have you managed to get louder when you sneeze?!”
“Huh?”
“Kim Taehyung, right?”
“Yeah… Do I know you?”
“Not really. We went to the same school in Seoul.”
“What?”
“Jeon Jungkook, I was two years below you.”
“Oh shit, yeah! You’re the nerdy kid who hung out with Park Jimin, right?”
“Pretty much, yeah,” Jungkook chuckled.
“You’ve changed a lot. Like… a lot.” Taehyung said, grinning brightly. “Tattoos, piercings, longer hair. And you grew much taller too.”
“Sorry to disappoint I guess?”
“No! No, that’s not what I meant! I just mean that it’s no wonder I didn’t recognize you first. Also, how do you remember how I used to sneeze?”
“Half the school heard you every time you sneezed! Yet somehow you’re even louder now.”
“It’s bad to contain your sneezes,” Taehyung said, pouting just a little and Jungkook had to bite his cheek to keep from giggling.
“Yeah, alright, if you say so.”
“So… you go by JK now?”
“JK or Jungkook, doesn’t really matter.”
“Same here, either Tae or Taehyung. Though most Americans prefer Tae, it is easier to say.”
“Yeah, hence why I usually introduce myself as JK.”
“I guess you live here then?”
“Yeah, but I just moved to San Francisco. I lived in L.A. before. Moved to the US about four years ago.”

Just as Jungkook was about to ask Taehyung about how long he’d been in San Francisco for, Jang-mi whined softly, getting his attention. A soft laugh escaped him as he looked down at her, moving to untie her leash.

“I guess she’s yours then? And I’m assuming she’s a she as she’s wearing a pink collar.”
“She is. Her name’s Jang-mi.”
“Rose… beautiful name for a beautiful girl,” Taehyung said.
“You still speak Korean then?” Jungkook asked.
“English is more natural by now but yes, I do speak Korean. I hardly ever do though as most of my friends are English. Except for Hoseok but he refuses to speak anything but English.”
“Oh?”
“Yeah, he’s working on a music career and he insists that his English has to be flawless. So he gets angry with me if I speak Korean,” Taehyung said with a soft laugh. “Anyway, I shouldn’t keep you, I don't want your groceries to be ruined.”
“No worries, nothing frozen in here. Just some yogurt but it’s not that warm outside. Unless you need to leave?”
“Nah, it’s Saturday so I have the day off and I’ve already run my errands.”
“So… Do you want to get a cup of coffee?” Jungkook decided on being bold.
“Sure! My favorite coffee shop is just around the corner.”
“Then we should go get some coffee from there. Let me just put my groceries in the car,” Jungkook said with a smile.
“I’ll keep Jang-mi company then. If you don’t mind?”
“She seems very happy about this, so no I don’t mind.”

Jungkook laughed as Jang-mi wagged her tail, looking up at Taehyung expectantly. Tae chuckled before taking the leash from Jungkook and then bending down to pet the dog once more.

“I’d call you a traitor, JangJang but I get it, he’s more handsome than me,” Jungkook said, winking at Tae before jogging off to the car, putting the groceries in the trunk.

As he returned, he couldn’t help but smile as Tae had knelt down next to the dog, currently getting slobbery kisses all over his face. Without thinking, JK took up his phone, snapping a couple of photos of the two before announcing his return.

“She clearly has good taste,” Jungkook said with a soft grin.
“Or maybe she’s just biased toward a good ear scratch,” Tae chuckled as he got to his feet.
“She’s a good judge of character.”
“So does that mean you don’t think I’m a serial killer then?”
“Well, you work as a teacher… when would you have the time to kill people?” Jungkook asked with as much of a straight face as Tae had.

The laugh Taehyung let out at that had JK grinning from ear to ear. The older man had a beautiful laugh and JK was mesmerized to say the least. In no time at all the two went to the coffee shop, Jungkook ordering a latte while Taehyung ordered a cup of tea.

“What?” Tae asked as Jungkook looked at him with confusion.
“You said this was your favorite coffee shop?”
“Yeah, and?”
“But you ordered tea?”
“I hate coffee. But the tea they serve here is amazing.”
“You’re weird,” Jungkook chuckled.
“Why am I weird?” Tae asked with a soft laugh.
“You say this is your favorite coffee shop but you hate coffee.”
“A coffee shop doesn’t serve only coffee, in case you didn’t know.”
“I know that! But wouldn’t it be better if you went to a tea shop?”
“Jungkook-ah, there are no tea shops around here. Well, there are but you go there to buy tea by weight, you can’t order a cup of tea. Then there are tea rooms but those are way too fancy for me,” Taehyun said, switching to Korean as he spoke. “I just want a good cup of tea and some good company.”
“You’re still weird, hyung,” Jungkook said, also switching to Korean.

Tae laughed once more as they got their drinks in to-go mugs. Then they walked out to where Jang-mi was sitting. JK undid her leash before the two began walking down the street, chatting about school back in Seoul. It didn’t take long before they found a bench, both heading toward it and sitting down, Jang-mi curling up next to JK’s legs.

“So… are you still in touch with Jimin?” Taehyung asked.
“Yeah, we’re still friends. He runs his own clothing brand. His husband is a music producer.”
“Do you go back home to visit?”
“I try to, once a year or so.”
“What do you work with by the way? I never asked…” Taehyung said. “My guess would be you’re a gym owner.”
“What? Why would you think that?” JK laughed.
“Because you look like you work out regularly.”
“And I couldn’t do that unless I was a gym owner?”
“Well… I guess you could. Is this where you tell me that you are the actual serial killer?”

Jungkook laughed as Taehyung said that, shaking his head a little before telling the older man that he worked as a software designer for a big company. And that said the company had asked if he’d wanted to transfer to the US to get the company settled there. Jungkook had, obviously, said yes to it and he was thoroughly enjoying his work. Especially since he could do a lot of it from home.

“Oh so you’re still a bit of a nerd then, huh?”
“I guess so? I mean I spend more time in meetings than actual coding work but I still get a kick out of making a program from scratch.”
“Yep, definitely nerdy.”
“Says the guy who hangs out with six-year-olds.”
“I’m a P.E. teacher!”
“And going on how Sophie is with me… the kids use you as a jungle gym, right?”
“Unless I stop them, yeah,” Tae admitted with a soft laugh.
“Well, I don’t blame them.”
“Hmm?”
“Never mind,” JK said with a soft chuckle, mentally scolding himself for nearly blurting out that he’d like to climb Tae like a tree some time. “So how come you moved to the US?”
“Well… Korea was always a little too bigoted for my liking. Cali is much better.”
“Yeah, I get that. Jimin and Yoongi aren’t married by Korean standards but they got married in Australia a year ago.”
“That’s really… Wait, Yoongi? As in Min Yoongi?”
“Yes?”
“Oh wow, blast from the past! We worked in the same coffee shop when we were teens.”
“Small world,” JK chuckled before taking a sip of his coffee. “Also? If you hate coffee, why would you even work in a coffee shop?”
“I needed money and they were hiring!”
“Again, you’re so weird.”
“Nerd,” Tae shot back, making JK stick his tongue out at the older man. “That’s mature.”
“You’re the one who keeps calling me names! I could kick your ass, you know?”
“I’m sure you could but I’d still put up a damn good fight.”
“Do you box then?” Jungkook asked.
“No?”
“Well, that’s too bad. Because now I know I’m definitely going to beat you when I challenge you to a boxing match.”
“Who said anything about boxing? Also, why would I take that challenge if I don’t know how to box?”
“You mentioned a fight after all.”
“Only after you said you could kick my ass!”

The two started laughing again and Jungkook couldn’t get over how insanely well they got along. Add in the fact that Taehyung was tall, had gorgeous eyes, the most beautiful boxy smile and slightly curly dark brown hair.

“So… how far do those tattoos go?” Taehyung asked, gesturing to Jungkook’s right arm where parts of his tattoos were showing.
“All the way up to my shoulder.”
“Full sleeve, huh? Any particular theme to it?”
“It’s a bit of this and that, some quotes, flowers, animals and some tribal patterns.”
“Sounds cool. Maybe I could see all of it some time?” Taehyung asked, biting lightly on his lower lip as he looked at JK.
“I think that could be arranged,” JK replied, licking his lower lip briefly, thrilled as Taehyung’s eyes flitted down to his mouth.
“Do you have any more tattoos then?”
“A few here and there. If I count the sleeve as one tattoo I have five in total. Right now.”
“Planning on getting more?”
“Always.”
“Okay so… I’m just going to ask you and if you say no, that’s cool. I’m happy to continue our convo,” Taehyung said, making JK blink and frown just a touch.
“Okay…?”
“Are you gay?”
“Yeah, I am.”
“Okay, good. I’m obviously gay too and I just wanted to get that out there so there wouldn’t be any misunderstandings between us because you’re really hot.”
“The feeling’s mutual,” Jungkook replied immediately.

Jungkook couldn’t help but grin as Taehyung smiled happily before taking another drink of his tea. This Saturday couldn’t have gone any better really as far as JK was concerned. Not only did he find someone who he got along with extremely well, but it seemed as if the interest was mutual. Of course, things may not lead anywhere in the end but for now, it was nice to have the interest of such a stunning man.

“Ssi-bal!” Jungkook cursed as his phone went off, looking at the screen before answering with an eye roll. “Yes, Namjoon?”
“You curse in Korean,” Tae commented with a chuckle and JK giggled as he realized he’d done just that.
“Why are you giggling?” Namjoon asked on the other end of the line.
“Tae pointed out that I cursed in Korean.”
“Tae? Who’s Tae?”
“He’s Tae. What do you want?” JK said.
“If I’m disturbing you, say so,” Namjoon said. “And who’s Tae?!”
“You are disturbing me. I’m not answering who he is. And don’t think I can’t hear you rolling your eyes at me!”

As Jungkook said that, Taehyung laughed, clearly getting a kick out of hearing parts of the conversation between JK and his best friend.

“Fine. I’ll make it quick. Seokjin wants to invite you for dinner tomorrow, he’s making tangsuyuk. Interested?”
“Definitely, yes! His is the best! When?”
“Five. See you then. Enjoy your date.”
“It’s not a date!” Jungkook exclaimed into the phone before hanging up.
“It’s not?” Tae asked with a raised eyebrow.
“No.” Jungkook said, feeling a bit thrilled as Tae’s face fell somewhat. “When I take you on an actual date, I’ll dress up and take you to a nice dinner.”
“Oh, so that’s in the cards then?” Taehyung said, smiling in quite a delighted way.
“It is, if you’re interested in doing that some time?”
“I am.”
“Well, then I guess we’ll see when that happens,” Jungkook said with a wink, making Tae smack his shoulder as he laughed.
“Good things come to those who wait, I’ve heard,” Taehyung said with a soft smile. “What was it that Namjoon said that excited you?”
“Jin is making tangsuyuk and it’s one of my favorite foods.”
“Oooh, I love tangsuyuk!”
“I would invite you along but knowing Namjoon and Jin? They would kill us with questions.”
“Plus, I think it might confuse Sophie,” Tae said and Jungkook nodded.
“I’ll make tangsuyuk for you some day, I’m a pretty good cook,” JK said.
“Yeah? I would love that! I’m not a great cook so I almost always mess up when I make any kind of food.”
“My tangsuyuk isn’t as good as Jin’s. His is… well, it rivals what my grandmother used to make and that was the best thing ever.”
“Well, maybe I’ll stick around long enough so I can try Jin’s food too.”
“I hope you do,” Jungkook said with a warm smile, nudging his shoulder to Taehyung’s.
“Gimme your phone,” Tae said.
“Why?”
“Just give it to me!”

Jungkook chuckled, commenting on how bossy Taehyung was. However, he did hand over his phone to the older man, watching as he opened the address book, typing in a number before dialing it. In no time, Taehyung’s own phone rang and Tae smiled.

“There, now you have my number and I have yours. I saved my number as TaeHYUNG to remind you that I actually am your hyung.”
“Oh shut up. We’re not in Korea, you dork.”
“No, but you should respect your elders.”
“Yeah, that’s not gonna happen. You heard how I talk to Namjoon. I’m even worse with Jin who’s older.”
“So basically you’re saying that you have no manners?”
“Pretty much, yes.”
“Well, at least you admit it. I’ll work on getting you to re-learn your manners.”
“Sure, you go ahead and try.”

The two spent another hour seated on the bench, chatting away. Jungkook simply couldn’t get over how easy it was to talk to Taehyung. They hadn’t known each other in school but now they were getting along like they were old friends. Jungkook already loved the way Taehyung laughed and the way his eyes crinkled in the most adorable way.

“I gotta get home. I, unfortunately, have a phone meeting in an hour,” Jungkook said with a soft sigh. “But… what are you doing Friday evening?”
“Too bad, but I get it. Though, you shouldn’t work on the weekends. And do you mean this coming Friday?”
“Well, I have Monday off so I can deal with a bit of work today. Yes, this coming Friday. Maybe, around 6.30”
“I’m not busy as far as I know.”
“Well, then you should know that you are now busy on Friday.”
“Oh?”
“Yeah, because I’m taking you to dinner.”
“You are, huh?”
“Mhm. Do you have a problem with that?”
“Kind of?” Taehyung said, making JK raise a confused eyebrow. “Friday is very far away, it’s almost a week.”
“I thought you were going to say you didn’t want to go out with me!” Jungkook laughed.
“I said earlier that I do. I haven’t changed my mind. But Friday is still very far away.”
“I wish I could offer you something earlier but I have dance class on Monday evening and a shit ton of meetings the rest of the week.”
“I… hang on, dance class?”
“Yeah, I go every Monday.”
“What kind of dance class? Are we talking waltzing and stuff?”
“Oh god no! It’s modern, hip-hop and stuff like that.”
“Are you any good?”
“Maybe? I mean, I’ve been doing it for the last 2 years and I really love it.”
“Hang on, where is this dance class taking place?” Taehyung asked.
“A dance studio on Embarcadero, why?”
“I think Hoseok goes there?”
“Nah, there’s no Hoseok in my class. There are a couple of Korean guys but no Hoseok.”
“Probably because he calls himself Hobi.”
“Oh shit, yeah! Hobi’s such a great dancer! I haven’t talked to him much though, he’s kind of scary?”
“Scary?” Taehyung laughed. “Hoseok is the least scary person in the world!”
“He’s so focused though? And whenever the teacher is out, he’s the one who leads the class and he’s very strict. Plus, one time I tried to speak Korean with him and he yelled at me.”
“He’s utterly harmless. Once you get to know him you’ll realize he’s a giant dork, laughs way too loud and has the best sense of humor. But stick to speaking English with him.”
“Oh trust me, after he yelled at me, I only speak English with him. Not making that mistake again.”
“At least he didn’t shove you off a chair for speaking Korean.”

Jungkook’s eyes went wide as Taehyung said that and then he ended up laughing out loud, asking for the story on how Tae got shoved off a chair by his friend. It was very clear that Tae and Hoseok got along well and now JK was even more eager for dance class on Monday. Because he would approach Hobi and ask him about Tae.

“I’m really sorry but I have to get going,” Jungkook said.
“Shit yeah, sorry, you have your meeting.”
“I do. But… I’ll text you during the week? And I’ll see you Friday?”
“Definitely,” Taehyung said as they both got to their feet. “How fancy should I dress by the way?”
“Fancy?”
“Well, you said that when you take me on a date you’d dress up.”
“Considering the fact that I’m wearing worn-out sneakers, frayed, dirty jeans and a hoodie, yeah I’ll dress up. But to answer your question: just dress in, like, a shirt and pants.”
“Should I wear a tie?”
“If you feel like it? But the restaurant I’m taking you to doesn’t require it.”
“I guess we’ll see what I feel like on Friday then.”
“I look forward to seeing it. Well… I look forward to seeing you.”
“Yeah, me too,” Taehyung said with a bright smile, making JK grin back at him.
“I’m going to hug you now,” JK said.
“You are, huh?”
“Yes, so unless you don’t want me to, you’d better tell me.”

Taehyung laughed before moving closer to JK and wrapping his arms around him. Jungkook wasted no time in sliding his arms around Tae, hugging him. As the two pulled back, both smiled at one another before saying goodbye, parting ways as JK headed to his car.

“You know, Jang-mi, I have a really good feeling about Tae…” Jungkook said as he unlocked the car. “He has a lot of potential, don’t you agree?”

As JK had said that, Jang-mi barked, her tail wagging happily. Jungkook laughed as he opened the door for the dog. Yeah, Jungkook was definitely very excited about his Friday date with Taehyung.

Chapter Text

“So, are you nervous about your big date?” Jin asked as Jungkook answered the phone.
“Hello to you too,” Jungkook laughed. “And it’s not a big date! Just going to dinner with a nice guy.”
“Fine, yes, hello! Is he hot?” Jin asked. “And why can’t I know who he is?”
“Because I don’t want to jinx it!”
“Yeah, alright… I still can’t believe you managed to land a date with an eligible Korean. There aren’t many around here.”
“There are three Koreans in my dance class,” JK said as he discarded his towel before pulling on a pair of boxers.
“Oh! So it’s someone in your dance class! Is it this Hobi guy? I thought you found him scary?”
“It’s not Hobi! And he’s only scary when you speak Korean or don’t listen to him when he’s instructing you on a dance move. Also? How do you get Hobi from Tae?”
“I’m Seokjin, everyone calls me Jin,” Jin said as if it was the most logical thing in the world.
“Oh god, you’re just never giving up, are you?” Jungkook groaned before pulling his black slacks.
“No! Who is he?!”
“He’s good friends with Hobi, alright? And I’m not saying anything else!”
“You still haven’t told me if he’s hot,” Jin said.
“Fine, yes. He’s very hot. Fucking gorgeous to be honest,” Jungkook said. “Now, can we hang up so I can dry my hair and finish getting ready?”
“You’d better text me after the date!”
“You’re not my mother!”
“What if this guy is a serial killer?!”
“Yes, mom, I’ll text you after the date. But Tae’s not a serial killer, we’ve already settled that his job keeps him far too busy for that.”
“So… What does he do for a living?”
“Goodbye, Jin!” Jungkook laughed before tapping his headphones to end the call.

It was Friday and Jungkook was in the middle of getting ready for his date with Taehyung. The two had exchanged a few texts here and there. One particular chain of messages included the fact that JK didn’t really find Hobi as scary anymore. Of course, Tae already knew that JK had talked to him as Hobi had called Tae when he was heading home from dance class. Tae had told JK that Hobi had deemed JK ‘good enough’. This, of course, had JK wondering if Hobi actually was scary, despite Tae telling him otherwise.

Once Jungkook had dried his hair, he styled it so most of it was pulled back from his face but a few strands still hung down to frame his eyes. He then grabbed a powder blue shirt from the hanger, sliding it on and buttoning it, leaving two buttons at the top undone.

“What do you think? Do I look decent?” Jungkook asked Jang-mi as she was lying on the bed, watching him get ready. “I think I do, it’s my favorite shirt after all. I think I should wear my leather jacket with this.”

Jang-mi simply tilted her head a little and Jungkook chuckled, moving over to kiss her head and rub her ears affectionately. After that he went about finishing getting ready for his date. There was a nervousness buzzing inside him, something he hadn’t felt in quite a long time in regards to a date. Granted, the dating he’d done in the last four years mostly consisted of people he met online or blind dates. None had really worked. But he had a really good feeling about Taehyung. There was just no way Jungkook would get along with someone so well if there wasn’t something there.

45 minutes later, Jungkook parked his car on Mission Street, smiling as he saw Taehyung come out of the building. JK wasted no time in getting out, waving to the older man who instantly smiled, waving back.

“You didn’t go for the tie, huh?” Jungkook said with a soft grin.
“Nah, I figured that’s for when I take you to a really fancy restaurant,” Tae said as he reached the car.
“Oh, so you’re planning on taking me somewhere real fancy some time then, huh?”
“Yep, so if you don’t want another date with me, I’d suggest you be on your worst behavior tonight.”

Jungkook laughed as Tae said that, shaking his head a little as he hurried over to open the car door for the older man.

“Is this your worst behavior then?” Tae asked.
“Nope!” JK said with a bright smile. “Also? You look amazing, Taehyung.”
“Likewise,” Tae smiled before getting into the passenger seat.

The older man was dressed in a pair of dark blue slacks which were paired with a white, silk-looking shirt and a dark blue coat on top of that. If Jungkook had thought Taehyung was gorgeous before, he was even more stunning now. Yeah, Jungkook was definitely ridiculously attracted to the man. As he moved around the car, he found himself taking a deep breath, trying to calm down a little.

“So… where are you taking me for dinner?” Tae asked as JK got the car started.
“This steakhouse on the waterfront. It’s called Epic Steak. Have you been?”
“No. That sounds like a great place. I guess there’s a bit of a view?”
“Depending on where you’re seated.”
“Been on many dates there?” Taehyung asked and JK glanced at the older man, noticing that he looked a tad bit uncertain.
“No, not a single one. It’s actually Namjoon’s recommendation. He and Jin go there every now and again and they keep raving about the food.”
“Oh… I was preparing to be a little jealous,” Taehyung admitted with a sheepish grin.
“I’ve been on dates, yes. But never there.”
“So… where do you usually take your dates?”
“The last year or so? Coffee shops.”
“Oh? What about a second or third date?”
“Never got there,” Jungkook said with a little shrug.
“Is this where I should start being concerned that you actually are a serial killer?”
“No!” Jungkook laughed. “The last date I went on… he turned out to be a lunatic republican. The one before was allergic to dogs and the one before that… uh well… we went for breakfast and I realized he had the personality of a rock.”
“Breakfast? Oh… oh, you mean…”
“Yeah, we met in a club and he was kind of hot. But in my defense, I was pretty drunk. When sober? No, the guy wasn’t interesting at all and I regret sleeping with him.”
“So, is this your M.O. then? One date and then you tire?”
“Absolutely not! But come on, would you date a lunatic? Or someone who’s allergic to the love of your life?”
“Well… no, I wouldn’t.”
“See! Besides, I’m sure you have your own dating history.”
“Not really? I dated a guy for three years, then we broke up and then I went on three blind dates after him, a one-night-stand at one point. But mostly… single.”
“Seriously? How is that possible?” Jungkook asked.
“What do you mean?”
“First of all? You’re funny and smart. Second? You’re hot as hell. How have you stayed single?”
“I guess I haven’t really been looking?”
“Oh god, did I force you into going on a date with me?” Jungkook said, looking at Taehyung as they were at a red light.
“No! God no, Jungkook! It’s just… no one’s really caught my eye. Until you.”

Jungkook couldn’t help but break into a huge smile as Taehyung said that. He found himself unable to keep from reaching out to give Taehyung’s hand a little squeeze, saying that the feeling was very mutual.

As they arrived at the restaurant, Jungkook parked the car and the two headed into the place, immediately being shown to their reserved table. Jungkook smiled as he was thrilled at the table, it had the most amazing view of the bay. Taehyung commented on just that as they sat down, thanking the waiter for the menus before continuing to talk. Yet again, Jungkook was blown away by how easy it was to talk to the other man. They kept joking around like old friends yet there was an underlying anticipation between them. Every now and again if Taehyung laughed hard enough, Jungkook noticed that the older man seemed to touch him in some form. Usually it was his hand or arm and Jungkook was loving every single second of it.

After having enjoyed a delicious meal, sharing a small bottle of wine, Taehyung suggested going out to the water. Jungkook immediately agreed, quickly flagging down the waiter to pay for the meal.

“But…” Taehyung began.
“You’re paying next time,” Jungkook said.
“Yes. Yes, I am,” Tae said with a warm smile.

Once they left the restaurant, Jungkook couldn’t help but nudge his shoulder lightly against Taehyung’s, thrilled as the older man beamed at him, his boxy smile in full effect. Yeah, JK was gone for the man, he was certain of it.

“I love your smile,” Jungkook said softly.
“Really?”
“Yes, it makes your whole face light up.”
“I was just thinking that your smile does that too,” Tae said.
“I’m smiling because of you.”
“And I’m smiling because of you.”

Jungkook couldn’t help but smile even more at that. As the two walked, he moved to brush his fingers against Taehyung’s, thrilled as Tae immediately caught them, linking their fingers together. Once they reached the end of the dock, Jungkook turned to lean against the railing, using their linked fingers to tug Taehyung closer.

“You’re not drunk, are you?” Tae asked, making JK blink and chuckle.
“No, not at all. I only had two glasses of wine and the wine wasn’t particularly alcoholic. I’m no lightweight. Why do you ask?”
“Good,” Tae said before leaning in to press his lips against Jungkook’s briefly. “Because I want you to remember this, y’know?”
“Trust me, Tae, I won’t forget it ever… this is the best date I’ve ever been on.”
“Yeah?”
“Oh yeah, undoubtedly.”

Wasting no time, Jungkook released Taehyung’s hand before wrapping his arms around the older man’s shoulders, pulling him in for a lengthier yet, still, sweet kiss. It excited JK to no end as he felt Taehyung press a little closer to him, hands coming to rest on JK’s hips. A quiet noise spilled from Jungkook’s throat and he couldn’t get over how good it felt to kiss the other man.

“As much as I enjoy being watched…” Tae said as the kiss ended, sounding just a tad breathless.

Jungkook raised his eyebrows at what the older man just said and it was then that Tae clearly realized what he’d just said and he ended up laughing, cheeks flushing a touch. After some attempt to backtrack what he just said, Jungkook shut him up with another soft kiss.

“You’re adorable when you’re flustered.”
“I’m not! I just…”
“You weren’t planning on telling me one of your kinks on our first date?”
“It’s not a kink!”
“Sure, you keep telling yourself that,” JK said with a cheeky grin. “I’d love to watch you some time though.”
“I’m telli- really?” Tae cut himself off as he realized what JK just said.
“I have no idea what you’re talking about,” Jungkook said, winking at the older man. “What were you saying? After confessing your exhibitionist kink, I mean.”
“Oh shut up!” Taehyung laughed, smacking Jungkook’s chest lightly.
“Make me.”
“Let’s go back to your car.”

Without waiting for a response, Taehyung took Jungkook’s hand, pulling him along and back to the parking lot. Jungkook chuckled softly, loving the way Tae could go from being all embarrassed to very bossy. As they reached the car, Tae looked around and JK was about to ask what he was looking for. But then he found himself pressed up against said car and Taehyung’s lips were on his again, this time kissing him a little harder. A surprised noise escaped JK but he immediately responded to the kiss, fingers curling lightly around Taehyung’s arms.

“You’re a menace, Jeon Jungkook,” Taehyung whispered as the kiss ended.
“I’m not the one who’s currently pressing someone against a car,” JK said with a sly grin.
“So damn cocky. No manners whatsoever.”
“Are you complaining?” JK asked before allowing his voice to drop a bit lower. “Hyung…?”

The noise that escaped Taehyung at the use of the honorific had Jungkook immediately storing that tidbit in his brain, planning on putting it to good use later.

“So… I guess this means there’ll be a second date?” Jungkook said after a minute or so of the two of them staring at each other.
“Yeah. And a third and fourth if I get to decide.”
“Okay, you decide on our second, third and fourth date then. I’ll take care of dates five, six and seven.”

A soft laugh escaped Taehyung before he nodded his head, leaning in to kiss Jungkook in a sweeter fashion. As the kiss ended Taehyung stepped back, allowing JK to unlock the car.

“So… Do you want me to drive you home?” Jungkook asked as they were both seated in the car again.
“Do you want to drive me home?”
“No, I don’t. How do you feel about coming back to my place? Jang-mi needs a walk within an hour or so.”
“Yeah, I’d love to,” Taehyung said. “Getting to see that pretty girl will make my Friday.”
“Ouch, way to hurt your date’s feelings.”
“Why do you think I said it?”
“You are far too much of a smart ass for being so hot.”
“Should I apologize or say thank you?” Taehyung grinned as JK smacked his thigh.
“Shush, stop distracting me or we’ll never make it back to my place.”
“Sir, yes, Sir.” Taehyung laughed as he’d said that and JK shook his head, an affectionate smile on his lips.

A few minutes into the drive, Jungkook’s phone went off and he tapped the display in the car, answering it.

“Yes, Jin?”
“You should start by saying ‘hello’, Jungkook!”
“You didn’t earlier today!”
“I’m older than you, I have the right.”
“Oh, bite me!” JK said, grinning as he saw Tae cover his mouth to keep from laughing out loud.
“No, thank you, I’d rather do that to my husband. His ass esp-”
“Oh god, spare me the gross details!”
“It’s not gross, Jungkook, it’s natural when two men love each other ver-”
“Will you stop?!” Jungkook groaned. “What do you want?”
“You were going to text me after your date with the hot guy.”
“Yeah, I know. I-” Jungkook began but didn’t get any further before Jin cut him off.
“Did you fuck him then?”
“Seokjin!” JK shrieked. “I’m begging you, shut UP!”
“Oh my god! Are all your friends like this? Because if they are, I might just die laughing,” Tae said, laughing heartily and clearly unable to keep quiet.
“Oh… oh! Oh shit! I’m so sorry!” Jin exclaimed as he heard Tae. “You’re still on your date.”
“Yes. Goodbye!” Jungkook punched the display, ending the call. “I’m so sorry! Jin has NO manners whatsoever. And no filter!”
“Well, clearly he has taught you well then seeing as your manners are nowhere to be found,” Tae said, grinning still and making JK relieved that the older man clearly wasn’t offended.
“You’re not angry? Upset? Offended?”
“Why would I be? Because your friend wanted to know if you got laid? Nah, not at all.”
“Well, yeah, that. And the disgusting details involving Jin and Namjoon.”
“Yeah, that’s a bit… eww, to be honest. Not sure I’ll be able to take either of them seriously anymore.”
“You shouldn't. Ever. They’re the worst,” Jungkook said. “I hate both of them.”
“No, you don’t.”
“Right now I do!”
“You’re adorable, Jungkookie.”

At the nickname, JK found himself smiling in a rather bashful way, his heart skipping a beat or two at the way Tae smiled at him. It made Jungkook even more eager to get back home so he could spend some time with Tae, in private.

“You know, I’ve never kissed anyone with a lip ring before,” Tae said.
“Me neither,” JK said, causing Taehyung to laugh and smack his arm lightly.
“Will you shut up, I’m trying to compliment you!”
“Right, sorry, I’ll be quiet then.”
“You ruined the moment,” Tae said with an overexaggerated pout.
“Now, you are the adorable one.”

Taehyung chuckled as JK said that before shifting just a touch to rest his hand lightly on Jungkook’s arm as he drove them. It didn’t take long before Jungkook parked the car outside his place.

“You have a house?!”
“Yeah… is that weird?”
“Well… you’re 25, how can you afford a house?”
“Oh, I’m just renting it. And the company pays all bills that are adjacent to work. Plus, it’s not a big house.”
“I guess your boss really wanted you here, huh?”
“Yeah, I mean I’ve basically helped get the company settled on US soil.”
“Hot shot,” Tae said with a little grin.

Jungkook laughed, shaking his head a little as they exited the vehicle. On approaching the house, he could hear Jang-mi bark a few times. He told Tae that she definitely recognized the noise of his car pulling in and his footsteps.

“She might be a little confused as to why there are unfamiliar footsteps too though.”

As soon as Jungkook opened the door, Jang-mi came out to greet him. Well, at least until she recognized Tae and she immediately moved past JK and to Taehyung.

“Traitor,” Jungkook chuckled at the dog as Tae scratched her ear.
“I’m just new, she’ll get sick of me.”
“Oh? So you plan on sticking around then?”
“Yeah, is that a problem?”
“Nah, it’s alright,” JK said with a wink. “Do you want to walk her now?”
“Sure, I can do that.”
“No, I meant that-”
“I know and I’m offering to walk her on my own. When I come back, you’d better have gotten us a couple of drinks, okay?”
“Oh absolutely. A cold beer will be waiting when you return. Possibly some good music too.”
“Good. What about you?”
“Well, I won’t be cold. But I’ll be waiting.”
“We’ll make it quick then,” Taehyung said, grabbing the leash from JK.
“I’ll leave the door unlocked so you can just come on in when you’re back.”

The moment Taehyung headed out, Jungkook dashed into the house, quickly putting dirty dishes in the dishwasher, throwing away the take-out containers and then darting into the bathroom to rinse his mouth out with some mouthwash. As he deemed his place, and himself, presentable, he went to grab a couple of cold beers, putting them on the table in the living room. After switching through a couple of playlists, he finally settled on some smooth jazz music. He flicked off the overhead lights before turning on two window lamps and one lamp on the side table.

“We’re back!” Taehyung called as the door opened.
“Welcome!” Jungkook grinned as he stepped out of the living room, holding the beer bottles. “Take your shoes off and there are slippers if you’d like next to the door.”
“Nah, I prefer to be in socks,” Tae said with a shrug as he hung the leash on the hook by the front door.
“Yeah, I don’t like wearing shoes indoors. I do have slippers as some of my American visitors don’t like to be shoe-less.”
“Socks or barefoot is what I prefer at home,” Tae said with a soft smile.
“One cold beer as promised,” JK said, handing one of the bottles over to Taehyung.
“Before we drink…” Tae said.
“Yeah?”

Jungkook then watched as Taehyung stepped closer to him, lifting his free hand to gently curve around his cheek. Then Tae’s lips were on his again and JK couldn’t help but sigh happily. JK’s free hand moved to curl in Tae’s shirt, pulling the older man a little closer. The kisses they’d shared so far had all been close-mouthed but now JK was feeling a bit bolder. A slow, deliberate swipe of tongue across Taehyung’s lower lip had the older man’s lips parting. Jungkook wasted no time in slowly, but surely, deepening the kiss. A quiet moan rumbled in his chest as Taehyung’s hand slid into his hair, pulling him in even closer.

“Well, fuck…” JK mumbled as the kiss ended.
“Yeah…” Tae chuckled breathlessly. “Your piercing is going to be the death of me…”
“Is this good or bad?”
“Good, very good. There’s just such a difference between your lips and the metal of the ring… I love it,” Taehyung said.
“I’m glad… because I honestly want to keep kissing you for hours on end,” JK admitted softly.
“The feeling’s very mutual.”
“But how about we slow it down a bit, have our beers and talk more?”
“That sounds amazing,” Tae said.

Jungkook flashed the older man a warm smile before taking his hand and leading the way into the living room. The two settled down on the couch and JK found that Taehyung definitely didn’t want any space between them as he immediately leaned against him.

“Where’s Jang-mi?” Tae asked after a few moments.
“In the kitchen, eating. She always gets food after her evening walk so that’s where she is. After that she’ll probably go upstairs and get onto my bed. She’s a creature of habit in the evenings.”
“I enjoyed walking her, she’s very well behaved.”
“Thank you for walking her, you didn’t have to, you know?”
“I know, but I love dogs and would love to have one of my own. But with my job and my apartment… I can’t. So I’m just going to borrow Jang-mi every now and again.”
“I have no problems with this and I don’t think she does either, she seems to really like you.”
“Well, I really like her. And I like her dad a bit too,” Taehyung said with a slightly shy smile.
“A bit, huh?”
“Yeah, just a smidge.”
“You’re such a dork,” JK said in a very affectionate tone. “For the record? I like you too. A little more than a smidge.”
“Oh?”
“Yeah… aside from one-night-stands, which this is not, I don’t kiss on the first date. Never happens.”
“I would hope this isn’t a one-night-stand because we’ve already decided on dates two to seven.”
“Exactly. And if this was a one-night-stand, I would not want to wine and dine you. Or invite you to my place just to hang out with no expectations.”
“You’re inflating my ego, Jungkookie,” Tae said with a warm smile. “Making me feel like I’m a bit special.”
“You are.”

Jungkook moved to take Tae’s free hand, tangling their fingers together as he began talking about how happy he was that they ran into each other.

“Yeah, me too. I didn’t think we’d get along this well though? I mean, back in school… I only hung out with my best friends or kept to myself mostly,” Taehyung said.
“So did I. I mean, me and Jimin hung out a lot but I didn’t really have any other friends because, as you said, I was a nerd. Glasses, weird hair, braces…”
“Oh god yeah, you had it all, didn’t you? I only had, well… have, glasses. I use contacts mostly though.”
“You didn’t wear glasses in school?”
“No! Anyone wearing glasses was deemed a nerd so when I had to get glasses, I told my mom that I had to get contacts or I would never go to school again.”
“And I had no idea about this. Someone should have told me. I could have been cooler.”
“Sorry to say it but no, you couldn’t have.”
“Oh?”
“Yeah, my friends were always making fun of you and Jimin for being so dorky, laughing too much and being little kids.”
“Jimin’s older than you!”
“He was born the same year as me,” Taehyung chuckled. “When is his birthday?”
“October.”
“Yeah, so, he’s literally two months older than me. But he hung out with you, hence why he was a little kid.”
“You’re making it sound like I’m 10 years younger than you!” Jungkook laughed, shaking his head a little.
“Back then, it kind of seemed like it? But that always happens when you’re a teenager, right?”
“Yeah, I guess so.”
“Now you don’t seem like you’re younger than me. I’d say some might think we’re the same age.”
“Okay, you went from calling me a baby to saying I’m now old?” Jungkook said with a playful grin.
“Will you stop!? You’re not old! You’re just right.”
“Just right, huh? I’ll accept that.”
“You’d better. And by the way? This beer is awful!” Taehyung said.
“It is? I haven’t even tasted it, you’re distracting,” Jungkook chuckled before taking a drink of the beer, instantly grimacing at the taste. “Oh god, this is that grapefruit flavored beer Jin left here! I’m so sorry, I’ll get us something else.”
“Please. And could you pick a beer that is actually beer-flavored this time?”
“I will! This time I’ll actually look at what I’m grabbing, I kind of didn’t before. I was too distracted by someone…”
“I wasn’t even in the house when you grabbed the beer!” Taehyung called after JK as he went to the kitchen to get them some other beers.
“No, but you were on my mind!” JK called back.
“Again, inflating my ego!”

Jungkook laughed as he heard Tae say that. He quickly put the opened (awful) beers in the sink before opening the fridge and grabbing a couple of cans of Guiness. He then moved to grab some beer glasses. Just as he put one of the glasses on the kitchen counter, a set of arms slid around his waist, making him jump slightly.

“I don’t really want beer to be honest,” Taehyung murmured as he rested his chin on JK’s shoulder.
“Oh? Do you want something else? I have water, juice, banana milk, some questionable alcohol Namjoon brought last week…”
“No, I’m good. I kind of don’t want to drink anything. I kind of just want to make out with you.”
“Is that so?” Jungkook grinned, turning around in Taehyung’s arms and wrapping his own around the older man’s shoulders. “I’m good with that.”

Taehyung smiled before he leaned in to nip at JK’s lip, making the younger man let out a little whimper. One of JK’s hands tangled in Tae’s hair as he pulled him in for a kiss. This time, there was no hesitation as their lips parted and the kiss deepened immediately. The moan that rumbled in Tae’s chest did so many good things for Jungkook and he found himself pulling the other man in closer. Kissing Taehyung was definitely becoming one of Jungkook’s favorite things in the world. As he felt the older man’s hands curl in the back of his shirt, Jungkook couldn’t help but moan quietly. JK honestly couldn’t remember ever being this excited about kissing before. But then again, he’d never kissed anyone like Taehyung before.

“Wait…” Jungkook mumbled after a few more minutes of kissing.
“You want to stop?” Tae panted out the words, both men clearly out of breath.
“Not at all. I just… we should move back to the couch, it’s more comfortable.”
“But then I can’t kiss you like this, having you close…”
“We’ll still be close,” JK said before untangling from Taehyung, chuckling softly as the older man definitely pouted a little. “Stop sulking, we’ll be kissing again soon. No way I’m stopping that.”
“You’d better not.”

Jungkook pulled Taehyung along to the living room again, nudging him down on the couch. After giving the older man a moment to settle down, Jungkook simply climbed into Tae’s lap, legs on either side of Taehyung’s.

“See? Still close,” Jungkook said with a little grin before he leaned in to capture Taehyung’s lips in another kiss.

Taehyung’s hands curved around JK’s waist as the kiss deepened once more. Jungkook found himself sliding his hands into Taehyung’s hair as he pressed a little closer to the man beneath him. There was no way that Jungkook would progress this any further than this tonight. But it definitely had him feeling very eager for when he could get his hands on Taehyung’s body. The man was all lean muscle and he appeared to be in amazing shape.

“Okay… okay, we need to stop or I’m going to explode,” JK eventually admitted with a breathless chuckle.
“You’re right, we should. I mean, I don’t really want to but we should,” Tae said with a cheeky grin.
“Mhm. How about I show you a bit more of my tattoos then?”
“That would be amazing.”

Jungkook then undid the button on his shirt sleeve, pulling it up as far as it would go. He then held his arm out so that Tae could look. As the older man asked about the various tattoos Jungkook explained each one. Taehyung clearly paid very close attention to everything Jungkook said, nodding his head and studying each tattoo.

“Hopefully I’ll get to see the whole thing at some point in the future,” Taehyung said as Jungkook finished going through the tattoos on display. “Not now, of course, but at some point.”
“I’ll happily show you when the time is right.”
“Where else do you have tattoos though?”
“Well, I have one just beneath my collarbone, then I have two on my leg and a rose right behind my ear.”
“Can I see that one? Now I mean?” Taehyung asked.
“Of course.” Jungkook turned his head while pulling his hair up and back a little, revealing the white rose behind his right ear.
“Is it for Jang-mi?”
“It is, yes. I also have her birthdate on my shoulder as part of the sleeve.”
“How long have you had her?”
“I adopted her about 3 1⁄2 years ago, she was nine months old then.”
“Oh, she’s a shelter dog?”
“Yeah, someone bought her and then turned her over to the shelter when they realized she’s very energetic and requires a lot of exercise.”
“I’m glad you got her instead, you two seem perfect for one another.”
“She’s the best thing that has ever happened to me.”

Taehyung smiled at that, nodding his head a little and saying how impressed he had been with how calm she’d been when JK picked Sophie up from school. Of course, that had taken a lot of training but Jungkook mentioned he was happy to put in the work with her.

“So… what are you doing tomorrow night?” Taehyung asked. “Are you working?”
“No, I have the weekend off, no plans,” Jungkook replied. “Why?”
“Because we’re going to dinner.”
“Oh, we are?” Jungkook chuckled.
“Yes, we are. Second date. Unless you think it’s too soon?” Tae said.
“Nah, I kind of enjoy hanging out with you and if there’s dinner involved? Great, then I don’t have to cook.” Jungkook spoke as if he was joking when in reality he was absolutely thrilled at the idea of seeing Taehyung tomorrow again.
“It’ll be fancy though.”
“You mean I have to dress up?”
“Yep, I’m going to require a suit jacket and possibly a tie.”
“You or the restaurant?”
“Mostly the restaurant,” Tae said with a grin. “Although I’m kind of looking forward to seeing you all fancy.”
“You mean this isn’t fancy enough?” Jungkook teased.
“It is very nice, but your arms are distracting.”
“My arms are covered though?” Jungkook questioned, a confused look in his eyes.
“Yeah but that shirt is quite… tight in certain areas,” Tae admitted, a blush creeping up on his cheeks.
“Oh, so you mean I’m not the only one distracted by what my date is wearing?”
“No, definitely not. The shirt looks amazing on you but it’s kind of making my mind wander.”
“Glad I’m not the only one,” JK admitted with a shy grin. “That silk shirt on you is… very nice.”
“Seems like we’re very much on the same page then,” Tae said and JK nodded.

A few moments later, Jungkook couldn’t help himself and he leaned in to kiss Taehyung again. At first he kept the kiss quite chaste but as Tae’s hands slid around his waist, pulling him closer, JK deepened the kiss, fingers moving to tangle in Taehyung’s hair again. The fact that they were both clearly enjoying themselves made JK feel like he most definitely could continue doing this for hours on end. Taehyung was an incredible kisser and the way he pulled Jungkook in closer had JK moaning softly against the older man’s lips. Much to JK’s excitement there was a corresponding moan coming from Tae and Jungkook groaned softly as he felt Tae’s hands curl a little tighter in the back of shirt.

“You’re driving me crazy,” Taehyung chuckled breathlessly as the kiss, eventually, ended.
“Same,” JK murmured, resting his forehead against Tae’s.
“I wonder what will happen on date seven?”
“What do you mean?”
“Well if we’re already this into each other? Imagine what date seven will be like.”
“I can’t wait,” JK said with a soft smile, fingers brushing gently over Tae’s cheek.

The way Taehyung’s smile grew as he heard Jungkook’s words had JK feeling like he was on top of the world. Already Jungkook was crazy about the older man and seeing just how happy he was due to what Jungkook had said? Well, it had JK very eager for what the future would hold for them.

Chapter Text

“So is this guy your boyfriend now?” Jimin asked.
“I don’t know… maybe? We haven’t really said anything definitive,” JK replied with a shrug, leaning back in his office chair as he watched Jimin move around on the computer screen.
“How many dates have you been on now?”
“Four. Will you sit still?! You’re stressing me out!”
“I can’t! Yoongi’s coming home from Tokyo and I haven’t finished cleaning!” Jimin said as he briefly disappeared from view.
“He’s been away for a week, he’s not gonna care if the place is clean or not,” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle. “Besides, you also have a job that’s keeping you extremely busy, he’s not expecting you to have cleaned.”
“I know! But I want it to look nice for him.”
“I swear, you two are behaving like you’ve just started dating. It’s been four years!”
“I know that! It’s just…”
“You love him and want to take care of him.”
“Exactly! Back to Tae though, have you slept with him?”
“No! We’re taking it slow. Well, aside from all the kissing…”
“Kissing, huh? How much?”
“Well… we kind of can’t seem to stop… I mean, when we’re out to dinner we’re not but the second we’re close enough… it’s like he’s a magnet.”
“It’s cute to see you this happy, Jungkook, I can’t really remember the last time you were smiling this much just talking about a guy.”
“He’s different…”
“I still can’t believe you’re actually dating Kim Taehyung though! I mean, he was one of the coolest guys in school.”
“And he thought we were little kids.”
“I’m older than him!”

Jungkook laughed at his friend before saying that he and Tae had already had that discussion. Jimin made a face as JK explained that Tae thought Jimin was a little kid by associating with JK.

Him and Jimin had weekly digital meet-ups, chatting about life in general and just catching up. He missed spending physical time with the older man but this was quite nice as they could just spend a few hours hanging out. Every now and then Yoongi stopped in and chatted with Jungkook too. The way Jimin and Yoongi were around one another was beyond sweet and Jungkook hoped he too could have that in the future.

“So when are you seeing him next?” Jimin asked as he sat down in front of the camera.
“Tomorrow, I’m picking him up after work and we’re going for a hike.”
“A hike? Who are you and what have you done to my best friend?”
“Oh shut it! I work out!”
“Yeah, you work out! You lift weights, you box. You don’t hike!”
“Well now I do.”
“Tae’s idea, huh?”
“Yeah, he said he’s bringing us a picnic?”
“Oh, so it’s not a hike-hike.”
“I hope not! I don’t want him to see me all sweaty.”
“At least not until a more suitable time, huh?” Jimin said with a smirk.
“I’m this close to hanging up on you!”
“You’re not.”

Jungkook stuck his tongue out at his friend and said friend retaliated by doing exactly the same thing back. The two ended up laughing immediately after, before continuing to talk about JK’s upcoming date with Taehyung.

x-x-x

The next day Jungkook drove to Taehyung’s school, waiting in the parking lot for the other man. It was fairly late in the afternoon so there were hardly any kids around. Jungkook leaned against the car as he saw Tae exit the building, a backpack on his shoulder and a paper bag in his hand. The older man made his way toward JK and immediately JK just felt lighter than air.

“Hey you,” Jungkook said.
“Hey yourself. Open the trunk for me?” Tae asked and JK immediately clicked the button on the key to open the trunk. “Just putting the food back here first.”
“How was your day?”
“It went well. I had a couple of good lessons. No one was injured despite playing football.”
“So a good day then,” Jungkook chuckled as Tae closed the trunk.
“Yep, any day without injured children is good. Though one girl started crying because her best friend wasn’t on the same team as her.”
“I’m so glad I work with adults,” Jungkook said with a soft laugh, watching as Tae moved over to him.
“You said you’re fine with PDA, right?” Taehyung asked as he stood in front of JK.
“Yeah, why?”

Instead of actually replying, Taehyung leaned in to kiss Jungkook in a soft fashion. Without even thinking, JK wrapped his arms around the other man’s shoulders, pulling him in closer. The fact that Taehyung didn’t mind being open with this at his work made Jungkook feel like he was on top of the world. Then there was the way Tae’s arms wound around JK’s waist as they kissed.

“I missed you,” Jungkook murmured softly as the kiss ended.
“Missed you too,” Tae replied immediately and JK smiled before kissing the other man once again, arms wrapping a little tighter around him.
“Jungkook?” A familiar voice was heard and JK pulled back from Tae, eyes widening.
“Jin! Hi! What… uh…” Jungkook said, feeling rather flustered at having been caught making out with Tae.
“Sophie forgot her books so while Joonie’s taking her to ballet, I wa- Mr. Kim?!” Jin cut himself off as Tae turned to face him.
“Hello mr. Kim. The school is still open.”
“I’ve told you to call me Jin. Wha… hang on! Tae… Tae is Taehyung?!” Jin was clearly trying to catch up. “You’re sleeping with my daughter’s P.E. teacher?!”
“We’re not sleeping together!” Jungkook exclaimed.
“At least not yet,” Taehyung said with a little grin that trailed off into a laugh as Jin spluttered.
“Yeah… not just yet,” JK agreed, taking Taehyung’s hand, a smile spreading on his lips.
“I did not need to know that!”
“Why not? As you said on the phone: it’s normal when two men are…” Tae said and Jungkook couldn’t help but laugh out loud.
“Oh god! That was you in the car?!” Jin looked rather embarrassed.
“Mhm, I learned a lot about you and your husband there,” Taehyung continued and JK was still laughing, loving how Tae was speaking.
“Oh my god! I’m so sorry, Mr. Kim, I don’t usually-”
“Jin?” Tae said, catching the older man’s attention. “I think we’re past calling one another Mr. Kim… I’m Taehyung or Tae. And I’m dating Jungkook. I’m not Sophie’s P.E. teacher right now.”
“You’re right, you’re absolutely right. But I’m still sorry for how I spoke.”
“Don’t be, it was hilarious!” Taehyung said with a bright grin.
“Why didn’t you tell me it was Taehyung you were dating?” Jin said, glaring at Jungkook.
“Because of this exact reaction,” JK said with a soft chuckle.
“You’re horrible,” Jin muttered.
“I love you too,” JK replied with a grin. “Now, if you’ll excuse me, me and Tae are going hiking.”
“You do realize I’m telling Namjoon about this as soon as I see him, right?”
“It wouldn’t be you if you didn’t. Tell Namjoon that I won’t be answering my phone when he calls to yell at me for not telling him,” Jungkook said, smiling as Tae laughed.
“There is a double date in your future, got it?” Jin said, pointing at both Tae and JK.
“Go get Sophie’s books and join them at ballet,” Jungkook said, waving Jin off without actually answering him on the double date.
“You’re actually the worst.” Jin said with an eyeroll.
“Yeah, yeah, yeah, whatever. Go!” Jungkook said before he tugged Tae in closer again.
“You have no manners whatsoever,” Taehyung said in a teasing tone.
“You don’t seem to mind.”
“I really don’t,” Tae grinned before kissing JK once more. “Shall we head out?”
“Sure, do you want to drive?”
“You’re allowing me to drive your car?”
“Yeah? You said you wanted to drive it some time. What better time than now? You know where we’re going, I don’t.”
“Yeah, sure, I’ll drive! I’d love to!” Tae said before kissing Jungkook again, grabbing the key from him.

Jungkook smiled as he watched Taehyung slide into the driver’s seat. As they were both belted in, Tae started the car, nodding his head in approval as he briefly revved the engine. Jungkook chuckled, leaning back in the seat as Taehyung took off.

“You don’t think Jin was offended by how I spoke to him?” Taehyung asked as they’d been driving a while.
“No, definitely not. If Jin’s annoyed or offended he will straight up tell you. Or you’ll see it in his face, he has no poker face whatsoever. Besides, I loved how you tossed his words back at him like that. It was awesome!” Jungkook said with a grin.

The two continued chatting as Taehyung drove, Jungkook looking out the window every now and again to see where they were heading. It did appear as though the older man was driving them somewhere JK hadn’t been before. The city gave way and more trees started appearing. It only took another 10 minutes before Taehyung pulled into a parking space with three other cars. A sign saying ‘Batteries to Bluff Trail’ told JK what the name of the place was.

“I thought you said this would be busy?” JK asked as they got out of the car.
“I did, yes. I just didn’t think about it being afternoon during the work week,” he admitted with a soft chuckle. “Weekends and mornings though? Then there are a lot of people.”
“Well good, then we don’t have to fight people on the trail.”
“You’re always so violent,” Tae teased and JK smacked the other man’s arm. “See, proving my point!”

Instead of actually replying, Jungkook moved in, crowding Taehyung against the car and capturing his lips in a sweet kiss, one of his hands tangling in the older man’s hair. A soft noise escaped the other man and as Jungkook pulled back, Taehyung let out a soft puff of laughter.

“I see I’m not the only one who likes to press their dates up against cars.”
“I don’t,” JK said, watching as Tae frowned a little. “I just like pressing you up against cars.”
“As long as I’m the only one you’re currently doing it to…”
“You are.”
“Same,” Taehyung murmured and Jungkook grinned before stealing one more kiss from the older man. “Only you.”
“Now, take me on that promised hike.”
“As long as you carry the bag and I can hold your hand,” Taehyung said, a somewhat shy smile on his lips.
“I will happily carry the bag and I would be quite offended if we didn’t hold hands.”

Taehyung let out a laugh as Jungkook said that and Jungkook couldn’t help but smile like a fool. He then watched as the older man grabbed the backpack and the bag from the trunk before locking the car and tossing the key back to JK. Once JK had pocketed the key, he took the paper bag from Taehyung and held out his free hand. With no hesitation Taehyung’s hand grasped his and their fingers slotted together. Then Taehyung led the way toward the trail.

“I spoke to Jimin today,” Jungkook said as they walked at a leisurely pace.
“Oh?”
“Yeah, our weekly meet-up, remember?”
“Oh yeah! You told me about that on our second date! How’s he doing?”
“He’s good. Though he was mid-cleaning while we talked.”
“He couldn’t clean after you finished?” Taehyung asked with a raised eyebrow.
“Yoongi was coming home about 30 minutes after we finished talking and apparently the house needed to be spotless.”
“Really? When me and Yoongi worked together he didn’t seem to be a clean freak.”
“He’s not! It’s just Jimin being extra, wanting to take care of his man.”
“Didn’t you say they’d been together for, like, five years?”
“Four. Married for just over one year. But yeah, still in the honeymoon phase. I honestly don’t think they’ll ever get out of it.”
“That’s kinda cute though,” Taehyung said with a soft smile, squeezing JK’s hand. “You think you and I will tire of each other?”
“I certainly hope not!” Jungkook said immediately. “I mean… I don’t want to assume that we’re…”
“Jungkookie? Back at the car there? That was me saying I want to be exclusive, okay?”
“Oh thank god!” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle. “I was saying the same thing without saying it…”
“I see Jimin’s not the only one who’s a bit ‘extra’,” Taehyung said with a teasing grin.
“Oh shut up!”
“Nope. So if you want your boyfriend to keep quiet, you’ll just have to shut him up yourself.”

As Taehyung called himself Jungkook’s boyfriend it made JK’s stomach swoop and a huge smile spread on his lips. He found himself tugging Tae in close, pressing a kiss to the other man’s cheek.

“I like my boyfriend talking too much to attempt to shut him up,” Jungkook said softly.
“I’m sure you could come up with some creative ways to shut me up.”
“Possibly. But I happen to like your voice.”

Taehyung flashed JK a warm smile before tugging him along on the trail. There were hardly any people around, only the occasional runner and one other couple. Eventually they’d ascended a hill and Taehyung pulled Jungkook through some trees and tall grass, promising it’d be worth it.

“It better be, I was just attacked by a tree!” Jungkook said, attempting to rid himself of leaves and a branch that had come off a tree and gotten stuck in his sweater.
“The tree didn’t attack you, you just weren’t looking where you were going,” Taehyung laughed. “But you are ridiculously adorable when you’re annoyed with a tree, so don’t stop.”

Jungkook felt a slight blush creep over his cheeks at the compliment from the other man and he scrunched his nose at Tae before pouting a little. It was really unfair how easily Taehyung could distract him.

“Now you’re even more adorable,” Taehyung said with a soft chuckle. “But before I kiss you again… your view as requested.”

At that Taehyung stepped aside and Jungkook looked up from where he was walking and he gasped softly. The view of the water was gorgeous and it was clear that this was a place that wasn’t known to most people.

“It’s beautiful,” JK said softly as he moved to stand next to Taehyung.
“Told you. I found this by accident when I was up here walking a few months ago.”
“How? It’s not exactly on a path?”
“Well…” Taehyung blushed just a touch. “I had had too much water and the closest bathroom…”
“Oh, got it! I think we’ve all been there at some point.”
“Yeah, I heard the water and got curious so I walked further in and found this spot.”

Jungkook smiled, nodding his head as he put the bag down on a flat part of the ground. He then turned toward Taehyung, tugging him in closer. It didn’t take long before Tae dropped the backpack on the ground, moving to slide his arms around Jungkook’s shoulders. JK quickly wrapped his arms around the older man’s waist as their lips met in a soft and sweet kiss.

“So, are we sitting on the ground?” JK asked as the kiss ended.
“I brought a blanket, hope that’s okay for you?”
“Yeah, definitely.”
“If you’ll step back I’ll get it out and serve up our picnic.”
“Yes, sir,” JK said with a grin as he took a step back to watch Tae get everything sorted out.

It appeared as though the man had brought quite a thick picnic blanket for them and as it was spread out, Tae gestured for JK to take a seat. Once Jungkook was seated, Tae picked out several small containers from the bag and backpack, finishing it all off with two bottles of water and a thermos.

“I really hope the coffee at work is to your liking.”
“You brought me coffee?”
“Yeah… I know you love coffee so I wanted you to have some. Unless you don’t want to?”
“Of course I want to! Tae, thank you.”
“I wanted to spoil you,” Tae said with a little shrug and a bashful smile.
“You definitely are. It looks like you’ve brought a lot of food too!”
“Not really? I just got a little of each so it’s not that much in reality, it’s just small things.”
“You brought grapes, huh?”
“Yep, the cotton candy ones I mentioned last week. I still can’t believe you haven’t tried them when you say you love grapes.”
“I didn’t know they existed until you told me! I’ve only been here four years,” JK said with a little pout.
“You really need to stop being adorable because all I want to do is kiss you silly.”
“Do you hear me complaining?”
“No, but I’m kinda hungry to be honest? Haven’t eaten since breakfast,” Taehyung admitted.
“Taehyung!”
“I know! Things just got so busy and I had to fill in for a sick co-worker during my lunch break.”
“Okay, we’re eating right now,” JK said with a determined nod before adding. “But after we’ve eaten, I’m expecting a lot of kissing, okay?”
“I can do that,” Tae chuckled.

An hour later, JK let out a content noise as he leaned back on the blanket, feeling sufficiently full from the food Tae had brought them. The coffee had been quite good and it had definitely satisfied JK’s caffeine craving. Of course, it wasn’t as good as coffee shop coffee but it tasted just fine and JK had told Tae as much.

“Seems like you liked that?” Taehyung chuckled.
“I did! It was all so good. Thank you. And I seriously need to buy those cotton candy grapes next time I grocery shop. Can you find them anywhere?”
“I think so? I mean, I picked these up at Trader Joe’s.”
“They’re delicious. It feels like eating candy, except they’re not candy. It’ll be perfect for when I’m craving something sweet.”

Jungkook then watched as Taehyung put the empty containers away in his backpack once more. A gentle breeze blew through the trees and JK tipped his head back, letting out a content sigh. Suddenly there was a hand on his thigh and he lifted his head to find Tae watching him, a questioning look in his eyes. JK nodded his head slightly and a soft grin spread on Taehyung’s lips as JK’s eyes moved between Tae and where his hand was resting. It didn’t take long before Tae’s hand slid up his outer thigh and came to curve around his hip.

“I was promised kissing,” JK murmured softly.
“You were,” Taehyung said as he shifted closer to Jungkook.
“A lot of kissing.”
“Mhmm, indeed.”

Taehyung then moved to capture Jungkook’s lips in a sweet kiss. One of JK’s hands instantly slid into the other man’s hair as he responded to the kiss, pulling Taehyung closer. Kissing Taehyung felt thrilling every single time and Jungkook was loving everything about it. The older man was a terrific kisser.

“You do realize you’re about to make me fall on top of you, right?” Tae asked breathlessly as he broke the kiss.
“Is this a problem?”
“No, just telling you in case you don’t want that.”

As Tae had said that, JK took hold of Taehyung’s hoodie and yanked him on top of himself. JK grinned as Tae laughed softly, quite quickly situating himself on top of JK. The feel of Taehyung’s body pressed against his made Jungkook feel so many good things. The two stared at each other for a little while before Tae leaned in once more. This time, he deepened the kiss, licking into JK’s mouth and JK found himself letting out a soft moan, fingers curling in Taehyung’s sweater. Having his boyfriend like this was definitely something JK had fantasized about and he was coming to realize that his fantasy wasn’t anywhere near as good as the real thing was. The way Tae’s hand remained curled around JK’s hip as they kissed was such a good feeling, a feeling JK couldn’t remember ever experiencing before.

“You’re such an amazing kisser,” Tae mumbled against JK’s lips.
“Back at you.”

The two then kissed yet again, immediately deepening the kiss and it was very clear that they were very much on board with what was going on. Jungkook’s hands wandered all over Taehyung’s back and he moaned into the kiss as Tae briefly nipped at JK’s lower lip. As Tae then ran his tongue over Jungkook’s piercing, JK let out a quiet whimper before pulling Tae in for a hungry kiss. Upon feeling Taehyung’s hand slide in underneath his sweater, JK let out another moan, loving how warm Tae’s hand was.

“We should probably stop…” Taehyung panted as they broke apart once more.
“Probably…” JK agreed before smirking. “Although, isn’t this something you like being an exhibitionist and all?”
“Oh shut up!” Tae laughed, digging his fingers into JK’s waist, causing him to let out a shriek. “Ticklish, are we?”
“No!” Jungkook exclaimed before dissolving into a fit of giggles as Tae’s fingers dug into his skin once more.
“Are you sure?”
“No! Yes! I mean… fuck!” Jungkook was laughing by now as Tae continued tickling his skin.
“As much as I might enjoy being watched, I draw the line at having sex outdoors.”
“Oh, fuck you! You know what I mean!”
“I guess we’ll see about that. I wouldn’t be opposed to that… nor the opposite,” Tae said with a little smirk.
“Huh?” Jungkook blinked at the older man, his brain not quite keeping up.
“When, and I am saying when not if, we have sex… I’d happily fuck you. But I also love the idea of you fucking me.”

Jungkook tried his best to hold back a low groan at the imagery that Taehyung just put in his head. Of course, he didn’t quite manage and a soft whimper escaped him before he bit down on his lower lip.

“I think you like the idea of this,” Tae said with a soft grin.
“Mhm… I… that… it would… shit…” Jungkook was struggling with the right words in English and decided on switching to Korean. “When we have sex I will happily do either… I love the idea of taking you apart… want to know what makes you tick.”
“Kookie…” Tae breathed out, clearly finding it a bit difficult to talk as well. “You… you… you are a demon.”
“Just being honest with you… hyung,” Jungkook said, adding in the honorific to see if he would get the same reaction.
“Fuck…” Tae mumbled, shifting his hips somewhat against JK, making them both let out quiet moans.
“For someone who keeps telling me I have no manners, you certainly have a very interesting reaction to me being well-mannered. Don’t you agree, hyung?”
“You little shit,” Taehyung growled before leaning down to capture Jungkook’s lips in a hungry kiss.

The way Tae growled out those words sent a wave of arousal through Jungkook and he found himself pushing his hips up against the other man. Both men groaned into the kiss and JK’s hands moved in underneath Taehyung’s hoodie, fingertips brushing over warm skin.

“We… we really should stop,” JK panted as the kiss eventually ended.
“Yeah, we really should. You’re really hard to resist though,” Tae murmured in a breathless fashion.
“Right back at you.”

Jungkook lifted up a little to kiss Tae once more, but in a sweeter fashion this time. Then he gently nudged the other man off him, both sitting up with soft laughs as they were both clearly affected by what was going on.

“I know it’s technically your date to plan next but…” Jungkook said.
“Mhm, it is.”
“Do you have something in mind already?”
“No… nothing aside from wanting to be with you,” Tae confessed with a bashful smile.
“Then, can I suggest what we should do?”
“Of course.”
“How about you come to my place and I’ll cook us dinner?”
“That sounds amazing, I’d love to,” Taehyung said.
“Friday?”
“Perfect.”
“Any plans for the weekend otherwise though?”
“No, not as far as I know. So I’ll leave when you kick me out on Friday.”
“What if I don’t kick you out?”
“I have no problems with that. Your couch is very comfortable and I’m sure it’ll be good to sleep on too.”
“The couch is Jang-mi’s spot, you’ll have to sleep on the floor.”
“Oh, bite me!” Tae said, giving JK a light shove, making JK laugh.
“I guess we’ll see about that, good to know it’s an option,” Jungkook said with a wink, making Tae laugh before shoving him again.
“You are such a little shit!”
“Maybe, but I’m your little shit now so you’re stuck with me.”
“Oh well, that’s just absolutely awful. Mhm, truly terrible. A boyfriend who’s smart, funny, bratty, gorgeous and sexy as hell… just awful.”
“Bratty, huh? Well, I’d say it takes one to know one.”

The two fell into simultaneous laughter before Tae ended up laying down with his head in Jungkook’s lap. A soft smile spread over JK’s lips and his fingers almost immediately moved into Taehyung’s hair, brushing gently through it.

“Your hair is so soft,” he murmured softly.
“I’m glad you think so… if you continue doing that I might fall asleep on you though. I love having my hair played with,” Tae said with a soft smile.
“Oh?”
“Yes. And before you get jealous or anything, it was something my grandmother used to do when I was ill. She sat at my bedside and ran her fingers through my hair. Always made me feel better.”
“I remind you of your grandma then?”
“No, you dork! I just didn’t want you to think previous boyfriends did this,” Taehyung chuckled.
“Are you a mind reader or something?”
“Nah, but I know that I’d probably feel jealous if I found out someone else had done something like this to you.”

Jungkook smiled softly, leaning down to place a soft kiss to Taehyung’s forehead before resting his head lightly against the older man. JK’s fingers continuously ran gently through Tae’s hair and he found himself feeling so content.

“Ssi-bal!” Jungkook swore as his phone started buzzing. “Namjoon…”
“Can I answer?” Tae asked with a mischievous grin.
“Go ahead,” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle as he put the call on speaker.
“Jeon Jungkook! How could you not tell me it is Sophie’s P.E. teacher you are dating?!” Namjoon bellowed through the speaker.
“Oh hello, Mr. Kim. This is Jungkook’s boyfriend. He’s busy at the moment.”
“Oh shit! Mr. Kim! Hello. I’m sorry… uh… Is Jungkook there?”
“Yes, he is. But he’s busy. Can I take a message?”
“No, I… hang on, boyfriend?!” Namjoon exclaimed.
“Yes, I’m Jungkook’s boyfriend, Taehyung.”
“I know who you are!”
“Oh? Well, you appeared to not know,” Tae said, grinning as Jungkook had to hold both hands over his mouth to keep from laughing out loud.
“That’s not what… I… Mr. Kim, I meant that…”
“I’m Jungkook’s boyfriend and my boyfriend is currently busy dying of laughter so he can’t come to the phone.”
“Put him on please.”
“Nope, my boyfriend is very busy so he can’t talk to you right now. But I’ll be sure to tell him you called, no guarantee he’ll call you back though.
“Oh my fucking god, you two are going to be insufferable together!”

As Namjoon said that, Jungkook couldn’t hold back and he ended up laughing loudly which in turn had Tae laughing as well. Namjoon muttered some more choice expletives before hanging up.

“That was amazing!” Jungkook laughed. “I’ve never heard Namjoon so flustered!”
“You didn’t mind me calling myself your boyfriend, right?”
“Why would I? You are my boyfriend.”
“Good,” Tae said with a warm smile before pressing a kiss to Jungkook’s cheek. “Your laugh is so beautiful.”
“Glad you think so because you keep making me laugh,” JK said with a soft giggle. “And that is not an invite for you to tickle me!”
“Wouldn’t dream of it,” Tae said, wiggling his fingers a little and making JK laugh yet again.
“In all seriousness though, I need to head back home soon. Jang needs to be walked in the next couple of hours. But maybe you could join us?”
“Yeah, definitely, I’d love to.”
“Good. I don’t want this date to end just yet,” Jungkook said softly.
“That makes two of us,” Tae said, pressing a soft kiss to JK’s lips.

Chapter Text

“Hey Jimin, I’m kinda busy,” Jungkook said as he wedged the phone between his shoulder and ear.
“Hey. Busy?”
“Yeah, just finished cooking dinner and about to take a shower before getting ready.”
“Getting ready for what? It’s… almost 6 over there and you just said you’re cooking dinner.”
“Tae’s coming over,” JK said as he put the food in the oven to keep it warm.
“Oooooh!”
“Oh shut up! I invited him over for dinner and that’s it.” JK rolled his eyes.
“Sure, you tell yourself that…”
“Fuck off! I don’t have any ulterior motive with dinner! Can’t I cook my boyfriend a nice dinner?”
“Boyfriend, huh? That’s a new development.”
“Yeah… our hike…” JK said with a soft grin.
“Aww, Jungkookie has a boyfriend!”
“Again? Fuck off!”
“Oh no, you remember how much you teased me when I started dating Yoongi? Yeah, that’s coming back to bite you in the ass now.” Jimin was nearly cackling as he spoke.
“Okay, fine! But can you please bully me another day? I really want dinner to be perfect.”
“You’re a great cook, you have nothing to worry about. And I will bully you another day, count on it.”
“Thanks, still nervous though. Tae said he doesn’t eat Korean food all that often as he hasn’t found a great restaurant.”
“He doesn’t cook?”
“He does, but he’s not great in the kitchen and that’s his own words, not mine,” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle. “And I’m really sorry, Jimin, but I need to go, unless you needed me for something?”
“Nah, just called to chat while sketching on a suit for Yoongi. But I’m calling you on Sunday to make fun of you.”
“Yes, fine, you do that! Say hi to Yoongi.”
“He says hi back,” Jimin chuckled before the two hung up.

After having prepared the food, Jungkook showered and got dressed. He opted for a pair of blue frayed jeans and a v-necked black tee that hugged his body in all the right places. He ended up putting part of his hair in a ponytail, the front parts still hanging down to frame his face. After adding a dash of cologne, he moved back to the kitchen to finish the dinner. The table was already set so all he had to do was finish the noodles. It didn’t take more than a few minutes before there was a knock on the door and Jungkook couldn’t help but smile. He quickly checked his reflection in the hallway mirror before opening the door. Much to his surprise he was met by a bouquet of yellow roses. The flowers were then lowered to reveal a smiling Taehyung.

“Oh wow…” Jungkook said. “No one’s ever given me flowers.”
“Oh… oh, I’m sorry, maybe you don’t like-”
“Stop that right now.”
“Stop what?”
“Doubting your amazing gift,” Jungkook said, taking the flowers from Taehyung. “Come in, please. I'll put these in water.”

Jungkook found himself burying his nose in the flowers, inhaling deeply and smiling like a fool. Taehyung had bought him flowers, gorgeous flowers too. After opening a couple of cupboards, JK found a tall glass that would make due as a vase.

“Where’s Jang-mi?” Tae asked as he entered the kitchen, having taken off his shoes and jacket.
“At NamJin’s.”
“Don’t you mean Namjoon?”
“Oh no, NamJin. My name for the two of them. Namjoon and Seokjin are NamJin,” JK explained, grinning as Tae chuckled.
“Makes sense, I guess? Why is your girl there?”
“Because she’d be whining at us all dinner through. Even though she knows she’s not allowed food from the table. Plus? Sophie was extremely excited at the prospect of dog-sitting and getting to walk Jang.”
“So it’s just you and me, huh?” Tae said as he moved closer to Jungkook.
“It is. Thank you for the flowers, they’re beautiful.”
“You didn’t mind?”
“No, of course not! Just because I’ve never been given flowers before doesn’t mean I don’t love them. Because I really do.”
“I’m glad,” Tae said as he took JK’s hand, pulling him in closer.
“Is it weird that it’s only been two days since I last saw you and I’ve missed you?” Jungkook murmured softly.
“If it’s weird, then we’re both weird because I missed you too.”

Jungkook smiled as Tae said that and he leaned in to press his lips against Taehyung’s, one of his hands moving up to curve around Tae’s jaw. Taehyung’s hands came to rest on his hips and JK couldn’t help but let out a content noise as they kissed.

“It smells incredible in here,” Tae said as the kiss, eventually, ended.
“I know you said you can’t really handle spicy food so… I made jangjorim and noodles.”
“You made jangjorim?! I love jangjorim!”
“I know. You told me on our second date,” Jungkook smiled.
“Pork? Vegetarian?”
“Beef because I know it’s your favorite.”
“Oh, you are just the best boyfriend ever,” Tae said with a bright smile. “If you keep this up I’m just never going to let you go.”
“Good, then my plan is working.”

As Jungkook had said that, Tae laughed before pulling him in for a tight hug. As they pulled apart, Tae kissed JK yet again. Once they broke apart, Jungkook took full notice of what Taehyung was actually wearing. He had paired a pair of black slacks with a green button-up shirt that he’d tucked into the pants. The sleeves of the shirt were partially rolled up and he was wearing a golden bracelet on his left arm along with a watch next to it.

“You look amazing,” Jungkook said softly.
“Me? What about you? You are very distracting.”
“You want me to go change?”
“Hell no! But I may be distracted,” Tae said with a soft grin, fingertips brushing over JK’s arms.
“That’s okay because you’re quite distracting too.”

In no time, the two were seated at the table, Jungkook encouraging Taehyung to get however much food he wanted. It was really cute to see how excited Tae actually was for the food, saying several times that it looked and smelled amazing. Jungkook was nervous about it as he knew it was Tae’s favorite.

“Stop being nervous, I’m certain I’ll love it,” Tae said, making JK blink at him. “Yes, I can tell you’re nervous because you fiddle with your lip ring more. Which I might add is incredibly distracting.”
“Sorry,” Jungkook chuckled. “I just want you to like the food.”
“I will. I’m sure of it. It smells so good and it looks incredible.”

Jungkook smiled softly, nodding his head a little as he watched Tae take the first bite. He then found himself biting down on the inside of his cheek because the noise that Taehyung let out was borderline sexual. Tae was clearly not aware of it though as he immediately took another bite and made another, quite sexual, noise. JK swallowed hard, finding himself shifting in his seat a little and trying to focus on his own food. It wasn’t easy though as Tae continued to make noises while eating.

“Oh god, I’m so sorry!” Taehyung said after a few minutes, covering his mouth with his hand.
“Hmm?” JK said, finding it difficult to get anything else out.
“I just realized I’m making a lot of inappropriate noises. It’s just… it’s so good!”
“Good,” JK said, hoping that his voice didn’t come out sounding too strangled.
“You okay?”
“Yes? No?” Jungkook admitted with a quiet chuckle. “The noises… they’re… well… distracting to say the least.”
“Sorry,” Tae said with a bashful smile. “I’ll be more mindful.”
“Normally I’d say it’s okay but with you looking like you do and making those noises?”
“I get it, I really do. Because if you did the same thing I’d probably melt off the chair.”

As Taehyung said that, Jungkook threw his head back as he laughed. It was exactly what he needed though as it made it easier to reign himself in a bit more. Taehyung clearly made a very conscious effort to keep quiet as he ate, only the occasional noise escaping him. Even if the noises were a bit distracting, Jungkook was utterly thrilled that the other man enjoyed the food as much as he did.

Once they were done with dinner, JK told Tae to go settle in the living room while he took care of the dishes. That, however, didn’t happen as Tae immediately began helping JK load the dishwasher.

“You realize you are a guest, right? Guests are not supposed to help.”
“Yeah well, I’m helping. If you don’t like it you’ll just have to kick me out,” Tae said with a grin.
“You’re such a brat,” Jungkook said, affection clear in his voice.
“As you said the other day? Takes one to know one.”

As the kitchen was cleared, Jungkook took Tae’s hand, pulling him along into the living room and pretty much pushing him down on the couch. Tae made a comment on JK being bossy but it was clear he wasn’t complaining. Jungkook turned on some music before he moved to settle next to Taehyung, leaning against the other man’s shoulder.

“Hoseok wants to meet and get to know you by the way,” Tae said after a few minutes.
“What? He already knows me? I see him every Monday.”
“Well, yes, but he wants to meet you… not dancer JK. He wants to meet boyfriend Jungkook.”
“There isn’t much of a difference between the two,” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle. “But, sure, I’d love to meet him outside the studio some time. Maybe he’ll be less intimidating then.”
“Again, he’s not intimidating! He’s a dork and laughs too loud and is one of the funniest people I’ve ever met.”
“In the dance studio he’s intimidating, okay?” JK said with a little pout.
“Clearly I need to visit the studio some time,” Tae chuckled, brushing his thumb over JK’s lower lip. “Quit pouting, you make me want to kiss you silly.”
“Then I should pout more.”
“Menace,” Tae said before kissing Jungkook softly.
“I don’t hear you complaining,” JK said with a little grin as they pulled apart.

Taehyung chuckled before kissing JK once more, then he lifted JK’s arm, wrapping it around himself and snuggling in closer. Jungkook grinned as he easily wrapped his arms around Tae, pressing a kiss to the older man’s hair before allowing his head to rest against the other man’s.

“I love this song,” Tae murmured as a new song started.
“Me too,” Jungkook replied softly. “It’s beautiful and the lyrics are amazing.”

Suddenly Tae began singing along to the song. Jungkook’s jaw dropped as Tae’s voice was absolutely stunning. Not to mention the fact that he was hitting every single note perfectly as well. Jungkook pulled back, staring at Tae with wide eyes, mouth hanging slightly open. A faint blush spread on Tae’s cheeks but he continued singing along to the song. Once the song ended, Tae smiled lopsidedly at Jungkook.

“That… you… I…” Jungkook stuttered, utterly floored by the way the older man had sung.
“Surprise?”
“You… wow!”
“I’m gonna take that as a good thing,” Tae said with a bashful smile.
“Yes!”

Jungkook surged forward, crashing his lips to Taehyung’s, kissing him in a rather passionate way. Tae was clearly surprised to begin with but got with the program quickly, responding to the kiss and pulling Jungkook closer. JK deepened the kiss once he felt Tae responding and his fingers slid into Tae’s hair. In no time Jungkook shifted to straddle Tae’s lap as he continued kissing the older man.

“If I’d known I’d get this reaction I would have sung to you sooner,” Tae said breathlessly as JK pulled back from the kiss.
“Shut up,” JK muttered before kissing Tae yet again.

Taehyung’s hands slid in underneath JK’s tee and Jungkook pressed closer to his boyfriend. Feeling Tae’s hands on his skin set Jungkook on fire even more and he found himself shifting his hips toward Tae. It thrilled him to no end to feel that Tae was every bit as affected by their make out session as he was.

“Kookie…” Tae gasped as he broke the kiss. “I don’t…”
“You… you don’t… what? You don’t want this?” JK asked, his voice somewhat raspy.
“Of course I do! I just… want to make sure you’re…”
“Tae? I bought lube and condoms a few days ago. That clear enough?” Jungkook said.
“Pretty much, yes,” Tae said with a soft chuckle.
“Good.”

Tae pulled Jungkook in for yet another heated kiss, his hands sliding over JK’s back before moving down to cup his ass, pulling him tighter against himself. Both men groaned softly as they kissed.

“We should move this to the bedroom,” Jungkook panted against Tae’s lips after a few minutes.
“Definitely.”

Reluctantly, Jungkook climbed off Taehyung before pulling the older man to his feet. Jungkook then tugged Tae along toward the bedroom. Just as he pushed the door open to said room, Tae crowded in on him, pressing JK up against the doorframe. Tae’s hands moved underneath Jungkook’s tee, pushing it up a little as his fingers trailed over JK’s stomach.

“Fucking hell…” Tae muttered.
“Hmm?”
“You seem every bit as in shape as I imagine you to be.”
“I’m guessing this is a good thing?”
“It is.”

Jungkook gave Taehyung a little smirk before pushing him back and into the bedroom. As Tae looked around the room, Jungkook pulled his tee over his head, dropping it on the floor. Once Taehyung’s eyes were back on him, JK bit down on his lower lip as Tae’s eyes got darker.

“Fuck…” Tae groaned.

In no time at all, Tae’s hands were on JK’s body again, fingers mapping all over his skin, making JK tremble slightly. Jungkook couldn’t remember the last time someone’s touch had affected him this much and he was soaking up every moment of it. JK soon moved to unbutton Tae’s shirt, pulling it out of his pants. Once the shirt was fully open, JK looked down at the older man and a soft groan spilled from his throat.

“I’m not the only one in shape…” JK said in a rather breathless fashion.
“It’s my job after all…” Tae mumbled as he pulled JK in by the belt loops of his jeans. “You are fucking gorgeous, babe.”
“Likewise.”

The two then kissed again, Tae’s arms wrapping around Jungkook’s shoulders as JK wrapped his around Tae’s midsection, pressing closer. The feel of Taehyung’s firm and lean body against his own was doing so many good things for Jungkook. With some gentle nudging, Jungkook moved them over to the king size bed. He was very grateful he’d changed the sheets into the nicest set he had before today. Not that he was expecting this but he was certainly hoping this would happen.

“On the bed, Jungkookie,” Tae murmured as he shrugged out of his shirt, letting it fall on the floor.
“Only if you’re joining me.”
“Nowhere else I’d rather be.”

Jungkook grinned before allowing himself to fall back on the bed, shifting up on it before laying down on the pillow. A quick move and he pulled his hair tie out, throwing it who knows where. As he looked at Tae, he couldn’t help but moan low. Taehyung’s eyes were slowly trailing up his body as the older man bit on his lower lip.

“You’re too fucking far away,” Jungkook complained.
“Patience,” Tae said in a deeper voice which did a whole lot for Jungkook. “Take your jeans off.”
“Yes, hyung,” JK said, easily switching to Korean.
“Fucking brat,” Tae growled and Jungkook could just hold back a whimper. “Take. Your. Jeans. Off. Now.”

Jungkook nodded before getting his belt open. Then he quickly undid his jeans, pushing them down a little. Apparently he wasn’t working fast enough as Tae took hold of the pants and yanked them down. A breathless chuckle escaped JK before he sat up a little on the bed, leaning on his elbows. A quick nod toward Tae’s pants and Tae grinned, slowly unbuttoning them before letting them fall down and pool on the floor. Jungkook found himself moaning low at the sight of his boyfriend’s tented boxers.

“Hyung…” Jungkook purred.
“You need to stop calling me that because I’m gonna come in my pants otherwise,” Tae groaned.
“But I thought you wanted me to be more well-mannered?” JK said, blinking innocently with a sly smirk on his lips. “Isn’t that what you wanted, hyung?”

His words had the desired effect as Taehyung pounced him immediately, his body covering JK’s as they met in another passionate kiss. Jungkook moaned into the kiss as his fingers tangled in Tae’s hair once more. One of Taehyung’s hands slid down JK’s side, curving around his hip as they kissed.

“Want to take you apart…” Taehyung mumbled against JK’s lips.
“Please… yes,” JK gasped, lifting his hips up against Tae’s.
“You okay with that?”
“Fuck yes, want to feel you inside me,” Jungkook moaned out the words as Tae kissed over his jaw.

Normally, Jungkook wasn’t on the receiving end but with Taehyung it was clearly different. He wanted to feel Tae in every possible way right now and it was clear Tae wanted very much the same thing. Jungkook tipped his head back on the bed as Tae’s lips moved over his jaw and down his neck, nipping lightly in between placing heated kisses.

“Taehyung… fuck…”
“We’ll get there soon, gorgeous,” Tae murmured against JK’s ear before tracing the shell with his tongue, making JK whimper. “Want to taste all of you first.”
“Oh god,” JK moaned, hands coming to clutch at Tae’s shoulders.
“You okay with that?”
“You can do whatever you want with me… just don’t stop.”
“Unless you tell me to, I’m not stopping,” Tae promised against Jungkook’s ear.

JK pulled at Tae’s hair and as the older man lifted his head, Jungkook hauled him in for a heated kiss. At the same time, JK moved his hands down Taehyung’s back, tracing his spine before reaching his boxers. He then moved his hands underneath said garment, grabbing Tae’s ass firmly as he pushed his hips up at the same time. A breathy groan tumbled out of Tae’s mouth and JK honestly thought they were both going to fall apart before they got to the best part.

“We have all night, right?” Taehyung asked as if he could read JK’s mind.
“Yes,” Jungkook replied before trailing off into a lengthy moan as he felt Tae’s tongue glide down his neck. “God… fuck… Taehyung…”

A raspy chuckle came from the older man before he kissed his way over JK’s collarbone before moving to do the same with his other collarbone. Jungkook shuddered beneath his boyfriend and one of his hands moved to clutch at the sheets beneath him. It seemed like Tae was determined to put his lips on every inch of Jungkook’s body and JK was all for it. As Tae’s lips made contact with his right nipple JK gasped.

“Sensitive, huh?” Tae chuckled huskily.
“Yeah… got pierced there… very sensitive since,” JK managed.
“No piercing now?” Tae sounded a bit disappointed.
“Took it out last year.”
“Too bad… would look hot.”
“Maybe… oh fuck… maybe I’ll re-pierce it some day,” Jungkook gasped as Tae’s teeth scraped over his nipple.

Another few minutes passed and Jungkook felt like he was overheating with the way Taehyung was touching him. His lips moved all over his upper body while his hands moved over his thighs, making JK moan and gasp. As Tae’s hands moved to gently curl in JK’s boxers, JK immediately lifted his hips, showing the older man that he was on board.

“Fucking hell, Kookie…” Tae groaned as he eased the clothing down.
“What?” Jungkook panted, lifting his head to find Tae staring at him.
“I’m gonna need you inside me at some point because… fuck.” Tae licked his lips.
“Happily. Not now though.”
“Oh no, not now. Tonight it’s all about me taking you apart and putting you back together.”

A quiet moan rumbled in JK’s throat at his boyfriend’s words. Taehyung’s lips soon made contact with JK’s stomach and his hands moved slowly up Jungkook’s thighs, making him part his legs on instinct.

“Where’s the lube?” Tae asked.
“Drawer.”

Tae smiled, leaning over to pull the drawer of the nightstand open, finding the supplies immediately and dropping them on the bed next to Jungkook. The older man looked down at Jungkook, a soft smile on his lips.

“You’re so beautiful… can’t believe I get to have you.”
“Stop talking about yourself…” Jungkook managed to get out.

A breathless chuckle escaped Taehyung before he leaned down to kiss Jungkook yet again. JK’s hands moved up and down Tae’s back as they kissed. Jungkook honestly couldn’t believe how he was reacting to everything Taehyung was doing. He couldn’t remember the last time he was with someone like this and being this worked up already. As Tae pulled away, Jungkook couldn’t help but whine softly, making the older man chuckle.

“Just taking the rest of my clothes off, gorgeous.”

That had JK lifting his head in an instant, watching as Tae shifted to get out of his boxers as well. A soft moan tumbled out of JK’s mouth as he saw Taehyung completely naked. Jungkook’s mouth watered at the sight and he found himself pulling Tae in the second he got close enough again.

“Can’t wait to feel you inside me,” JK murmured against his boyfriend’s mouth before kissing him passionately.

As they kissed, Tae eased JK down on the bed again, slowly but surely molding his body against Jungkook’s, making them both moan into the kiss. The feel of Tae’s hard length against his hip, had JK lifting his hips, causing them both to gasp.

“Gonna make me come before I’m inside you if you keep that up…” Tae muttered.
“You said it, we have all night…” JK murmured as his hand eased in between the two of them.
“Fuck,” Tae groaned as JK wrapped his hand around his boyfriend’s length.
“Get the lube,” JK said softly.

Tae was clearly on the same wavelength as him because he found the lube and quickly poured some in JK’s hand. As JK wrapped his hand around Tae’s length again, the older man hissed at the cold liquid.

“You’re gonna make me come…” Tae panted as JK resumed stroking him.
“That’s the plan…. hyung.”
“Fucking hell… Kookie… I…”

Jungkook couldn’t take his eyes off the older man as he continued touching him. Tae’s eyes were half closed and his lips were parted, moans and gasps continuously tumbling out.

“Come on, Tae…” Jungkook whispered, twisting his hand slightly, taking full note of every single reaction from his boyfriend.

Tae warned JK that he was extremely close. This spurred JK on further and he tightened his hold on Tae’s length just a touch more. By now, Taehyung was trembling above him.

“Let me see you, hyung… want to see you come…” Jungkook murmured.

A second later, Taehyung’s eyes snapped shut and his whole body went rigid. Then the most delicious moan spilled from his lips as he came all over Jungkook’s hand and stomach. JK moaned at the sight and feel, trying to memorize every last thing about what happened. Jungkook worked Tae through his orgasm and he only stopped as Tae whined quietly.

“Beautiful,” Jungkook whispered as Tae fell to the side, panting heavily.
“That… that was not part of the plan…” Tae gasped out.
“We have all night,” Jungkook grinned, turning on his side to press a kiss to Tae’s shoulder.
“You really are a demon,” Tae said, a grin on his lips as he tipped his head toward JK.
“Maybe… but I don’t really hear you complaining.”
“Brat.”

Jungkook chuckled softly, brushing a gentle hand over Tae’s chest, taking in the sight of his boyfriend. Of course, JK didn’t actually manage to memorize everything as Tae was suddenly on him again, crashing their lips together. JK groaned into the kiss as Tae pressed against him again. Somehow Tae had managed to lube up his fingers and suddenly JK felt a finger circling his rim. A quiet gasp escaped him as he felt Tae start massaging his opening.

“Come on…” Jungkook whined softly, legs parting even more.

Taehyung grinned as he pulled back before slowly pushing a finger inside JK. JK moaned, head tipping back on the bed, fingers curling in the sheets beneath him. Tae was clearly taking his sweet time with this and Jungkook was moaning, pulling at Tae’s hair as he tried to urge the older man to move faster.

“Patience…” Tae whispered against JK’s ear. “Want to savor just how tight you are.”
“Tae… Tae, please…”
“Hmm?”
“Please… more… I need more.”
“How long has it been since someone had you like this?” Tae asked huskily and JK moaned low. “Answer me, Jungkook.”
“Oh… oh, fuck… years… it’s been years!” Jungkook gasped before crying out as Tae’s finger pushed in further. “Yes… please, please… please, more…”

Tae’s lips found his and the two kissed as Tae’s finger pushed all the way in, making JK moan loudly into the kiss. One of his hands moved to clutch at Tae’s shoulder, hips shifting restlessly.

“You feel incredible,” Tae murmured, nipping lightly at JK’s lower lip. “Tell me when you’re ready for more, okay?”

Jungkook found he couldn’t really give a verbal response but he ended up nodding vigorously before groaning loudly as Tae began moving his finger in and out of him. Of course JK had done this to himself several times throughout the years but it was different when it was someone else. It felt absolutely incredible like this and JK knew it had everything to do with his boyfriend.

“M-more… please…” Jungkook whimpered after a few minutes.

Taehyung moved to kiss JK yet again and JK groaned into it as Tae slowly added a second finger, easing both inside Jungkook at a gentle pace.

“You okay, babe?” Tae asked softly as JK whimpered.
“Mmm, good… a little uncomfortable but good…” Jungkook managed to get out, not even realizing he was actually speaking Korean now.
“You’re doing so well… you feel incredible,” Tae murmured as he shifted to settle in between Jungkook’s parted legs.

Just as Jungkook was about to complain about Tae being too far away, Tae’s mouth wrapped around his length and all coherent thought flew out the window. A breathless cry escaped Jungkook as he threw his head back on the bed. Jungkook had managed to reign himself in but that was clearly not working any more as Tae was making him feel amazing.

“Fuck… fuck, Tae… off… off…”
“You asking to stop?” Tae asked as he pulled off JK’s length with a soft ‘pop’.
“Just… that… too close…” JK panted, gesturing to Tae’s mouth.
“Gotcha,” Tae chuckled before moving to add a third finger. “Tell me if it’s too much?”

Jungkook nodded before taking a deep breath, making himself relax as much as he could. The slight burn helped take the edge off for him and he found himself calming down somewhat. Of course, the more Tae moved his fingers, the more arousal JK felt. Taehyung was constantly murmuring soft praises as his lips pressed against JK’s hip and thigh.

“You ready for me?” Taehyung asked after another few minutes.
“Yeah… need you,” Jungkook panted.

As Tae pulled his fingers out, JK whined quietly, not enjoying the feeling. However, he was soon distracted by watching his boyfriend tear open the condom wrapper and then rolling the condom on himself.

“You recovered nicely apparently,” JK said with a little grin.
“Yeah well, when I have the hottest boyfriend in the world, it’s not difficult,” Tae said before adding a little extra lube to the outside of the condom.
“Nah, I have the hottest boyfriend in the world,” Jungkook said.

Tae let out a breathless chuckle before moving to grab a pillow, nudging JK to lift his hips. He then slid the pillow beneath JK before moving to settle in between Jungkook’s parted legs.

“You are so fucking gorgeous, Kookie,” Tae murmured, fingers brushing gently over JK’s hips.
“Get in me or I’m gonna go insane,” JK whined, making Tae chuckle.
“So bossy.”

However, Tae did shift closer and soon enough Jungkook felt the older man’s length press against him. JK took a deep breath, slowly letting it out and he couldn’t help but groan loudly as Tae pushed inside him. Tae was bigger than what JK was used to so there was a bit of a burn. But that was a good thing right now as JK was certain he would have reached his peak in a split second otherwise.

“Fuck… how are you still so tight?” Tae moaned, hands moving to rest on JK’s hips as he remained still.
“You’re big… your fault,” JK managed to get out. “Move.”
“You sure?”
“Move!”
“So bossy,” Tae breathed out before he leaned over Jungkook, beginning to slowly push further in.
“Oh… oh fuck… Tae… Taehyung… fuck,” Jungkook panted, lifting a leg to curve around Tae’s hip, effectively pulling the older man in further.

The moment Taehyung leaned forward a little, Jungkook grabbed hold of the older man, pulling him for a hungry kiss. One of Tae’s hands slid into JK’s hair, tugging lightly at it and making JK moan. As the kiss ended, Tae rested his forehead against JK’s shoulder, breathing heavily.

“Kookie… you feel so fucking good…” Tae mumbled, pressing a kiss to JK’s collarbone before lifting his head. “You okay?”

Jungkook found himself unable to form a verbal response once again so he opted for nodding his head. Feeling Tae pressed so fully against him had Jungkook tipping his head back against the bed once more, letting out a breathy groan. Taehyung’s hands found his and Jungkook felt the older man press his arms up above his head. Jungkook couldn’t remember ever being this pliable before but whatever Tae wanted? Tae got. JK found that he was very much enjoying being held down by the other man.

“Can I move?” Taehyung asked after a little while.
“If you don’t, I’ll kill you,” Jungkook muttered.
“Always so violent,” Tae said with a soft chuckle before delivering a playful bite to JK’s jaw.
“Taehyung…” JK whined softly.

Of course, anything else JK might have wanted to say dissolved into a breathless moan as Tae pulled back before slowly pushing back in again. Jungkook’s hands gripped Tae’s as he lifted his hips up against the older man. The way Tae groaned above him set Jungkook on fire and soon enough Tae found a good rhythm, sliding easily in and out of Jungkook. There was absolutely no way that JK would be able to last for all that long, he could already feel his orgasm rising rapidly inside him.

“Look at me,” Tae demanded and Jungkook blinked his eyes open, not having realized he’d closed them.
“Taehyung… fuck…” JK panted as he stared into his boyfriend’s eyes.
“So gorgeous… can’t wait to see you come…”

The way Taehyung spoke had JK shuddering and he couldn’t tear his eyes away from the man above him. Tae’s skin was glistening with sweat and JK marveled at how good the other man looked with parts of his hair sweat-matted to the side of his cheekbones. A slight shift in the angle and Jungkook let out a shout as pleasure exploded inside him. Of course, that had Tae smirking just a touch before maintaining the exact position, increasing his pace somewhat and slowing down every now and again.

“You… fuck… you fucking tease…” JK groaned.
“How is… how is this teasing… when I’m fucking you?” Tae asked in a rather breathless tone.

JK growled but didn’t actually verbally respond to the older man. Instead he clenched around Tae and he was thrilled as Taehyung let out a guttural groan before increasing his pace. As Tae released his hands, JK immediately wrapped his arms around the older man, pulling him down to kiss him. Or, try to kiss him. It turned into more like the two panting and moaning against each other’s lips. JK could tell he was a breath away from reaching his peak and clearly Tae wasn’t far behind him.

“Tae… Taehyung… I… I’m…” Jungkook panted.
“Let go for me, gorgeous… let me see you,” Tae encouraged, his voice a deep purr.

One more deep thrust had JK throwing his head back, crying out Tae’s name as he exploded all over himself and Tae. The groan he heard from Taehyung told him that the older man was watching him come undone. JK couldn’t open his eyes to save his life though as pleasure was absolutely crashing over him, making his whole body shake.

“Jungkookie… you… god…” Tae muttered as he leaned over him.

Jungkook felt Tae’s hands move in underneath him, sliding over his shoulder blades and then curving around his shoulders from behind. Then Tae’s pace increased significantly and JK moaned his appreciation, unable to do much else. A few more even thrusts and Taehyung's body shuddered on top of JK, thrusts becoming erratic.

“Fuck!” Tae growled before slamming in hard and reaching his peak, moaning JK’s name as he climaxed.

As Taehyung collapsed on top of Jungkook, both men were breathing heavily, sweat slicking their skin. One of JK’s arms moved to wrap around Taehyung, showing that he clearly didn’t want the older man to move.

“Pull out but don’t you fucking dare move away,” Jungkook whispered against Tae’s ear.
“Wouldn’t dream of it,” Tae chuckled breathlessly.

A soft whimper escaped Jungkook as Tae eased out of him. But true to his word, Tae stayed on top of him, both panting as they tried to recover.

Eventually, Taehyung’s head lifted and Jungkook blinked his eyes open, a goofy smile on his lips as he took full notice of just how wide Tae was smiling. Tae then leaned down to kiss JK in a sweet fashion before he kissed the tip of his nose as well.

“Stay?” Jungkook asked.
“Gotta get rid of the condom,” Tae murmured softly.
“No, I mean… stay the night?”
“I’d love to.”
“Good. Then we can go take a shower. If my legs are working… I’m not sure they are,” Jungkook admitted with a sheepish grin.
“Yeah well, that makes two of us,” Tae said, stealing another kiss. “That was amazing.”
“It was… I hope there’s a repeat in our future.”
“If I have anything to say about it? As often as possible.”

The two laughed softly before Tae kissed JK once more, then carefully climbing off him. Jungkook sat up in bed, wrinkling his nose a little at how sticky his stomach and chest was. Tae chuckled, commenting on how adorable he was before standing up. JK couldn’t help but grin as he could see that Tae was a little unsteady. It did wonders for his ego and it also meant that Tae couldn’t say a word as JK struggled to find his footing when he got out of bed.

“Long, hot shower?” Tae asked.
“Definitely. Then dessert before going back to bed.”
“Dessert? You mean what we just did wasn’t dessert?”
“No. Well, yes, it was, but I also made brownies.”
“Brownies? You’re scoring a lot of boyfriend points because I love brownies.”
“I know,” Jungkook said as they entered the bathroom and he moved to turn the shower on.
“Best boyfriend ever,” Tae said as he wrapped his arms around JK from behind, pressing a kiss to his shoulder.
“After what you just did? You deserve everything good.”
“Oh really?”
“Mhm… pretty sure that was the best sex I’ve ever had.”
“Is that so, hmm?” A smirk appeared on Tae’s lips as JK glanced back at him.
“Shut up.”
“Make me.”

Jungkook chuckled before turning around in Tae’s arms, pulling him into the shower before turning them around and pushing Tae up against the wall. A grin spread across his lips as Tae first hissed at the cool tiles and then groaned at being pushed against the wall.

“Someone likes being manhandled, huh?” JK said.
“I have no idea what you’re talking about.”
“Sure you don’t. As much as I want to go another round, I don’t think I’m quite there just yet.”
“We have all night,” Tae said.
“We do,” Jungkook agreed before kissing the older man in a tender fashion, their arms wrapping around one another.

Chapter Text

As Jungkook woke the next morning, he was pressed against Tae’s back, his arm wrapped around the older man’s waist. JK smiled as he got his bearings, blinking several times before snuggling closer to his boyfriend, burying his nose in Tae’s hair.

“Mmm, morning,” Tae murmured.
“Awake?” JK mumbled, his voice raspy with sleep.
“I am… There's coffee on the nightstand.”
“Wha?”
“I made you coffee? You said that you can’t function in the morning without coffee so I got up and made you coffee. I used that fancy machine of yours.”
“Huh?”
“Drink your coffee before conversing,” Tae said with a soft chuckle.

Jungkook groaned, pressing a kiss to Tae’s shoulder before rolling on to his back and slowly sitting up. He scrubbed a hand over his face before reaching for the coffee cup. He could tell it was freshly made as it was still steaming and he took a gentle sip, humming happily. His eyes closed as the coffee was perfect and it tasted even better than normal. A quiet chuckle caught his attention and he opened one eye to look at Taehyung. The older man was seated in bed, sheets pooled around his waist, one leg bent with his elbow resting on the knee. Taehyung’s head leaned against his hand, clearly watching JK.

“Hmm?”
“You’re ridiculously adorable like this,” Tae said and laughed as JK merely let out a noise in response. “Drink more coffee, gorgeous. I’m happy to watch you.”
“Weird.”
“I’m weird because I want to watch my gorgeous boyfriend wake up? Okay, I’m weird then.”

Jungkook chuckled quietly, shaking his head a little but he knew Tae could see the affection in his eyes as he looked at the older man. He took his time in drinking the coffee and found himself feeling more awake with each passing minute.

“I didn’t wake you earlier when I sneezed by the way?” Tae asked.
“No?”
“Good! I tried to keep quiet but…”
“You can’t?”
“Clearly I can, sort of… though I buried my face in a towel.”
“Dork,” Jungkook said with a soft laugh.
“Can’t help it! I always sneeze in the morning. It’s like my sinuses realize I’m awake and make sure I’m really awake.”
“You’re adorable.”
“Ooooh, more than three syllables, you must be more awake.”
“Too many words for the morning,” JK muttered but he was unable to keep the smile off his face.
“I’ve been awake for over an hour, I’m usually not all that chatty in the morning either.”
“Over an hour? Should have woken me up.”
“You are far too beautiful when you sleep for me to wake you. Plus? You mentioned not being a morning person so I didn’t want to risk your wrath.”
“Wouldn’t mind waking up if you woke me.”
“I’ll keep that in mind for next time,” Tae said with a soft grin, running a hand through JK’s hair. “You still have sex hair by the way.”
“Your fault.”
“Nope, your fault.”
“My fault?! You started it!” Jungkook tried to sound offended.
“I most certainly did not. You started it when you licked whipped cream off your fingers.”
“I spilled it!” JK said, trying to keep himself from smirking but he was clearly not succeeding.
“Again? Demon.”
“You weren’t complaining last night.”
“I’m not complaining now either. Though I still can’t believe we went three rounds last night,” Tae said as he shifted closer to JK, wrapping an arm around his waist and resting his head on his shoulder.
“Me neither… though technically, round three was in the middle of the night so…”
“Okay, fine, two rounds last night and one round in the middle of the night.”
“Can’t remember ever doing that before…” Jungkook admitted with a soft grin, resting his head against Tae’s.
“Me neither. I hope you’re not too sore?”
“I’m fine, baby, you took good care of me.”
Tae squeezed JK’s waist before pressing a kiss to his shoulder. Then the older man slipped out of bed, leaving Jungkook pouting just a touch.

“No good morning kiss?”
“No,” Tae replied, making JK pout even more. “I adore you, but I do not want morning and coffee breath at the same time.”
“Okay, fair point. I’ll go brush my teeth.”
“After that I’ll happily kiss you as much as you want,” Tae said with a warm smile. “Do you want breakfast?”
“Yeah… I’m hungry.”
“I can’t offer to cook anything other than scrambled eggs and toast…”
“Sounds perfect. I can do it though?”
“Nah, I’ve already looked to see if you have eggs and I think I can find a frying pan. Plus, I saw your toaster next to the microwave.”
“You are way too observant in the morning,” JK said with a soft laugh.

10 minutes later, Jungkook had finished his coffee, putting on a pair of boxers before going to brush his teeth. While brushing his teeth he couldn’t help but laugh when he heard Taehyung sneeze at a very loud volume.

As he entered the kitchen, he smiled as Tae was by the stove, clearly making eggs. The older man was in boxers along with a tee that, most definitely, was Jungkook’s. JK moved up behind Tae, wrapping his arms around the man’s waist and pressing his face against the back of his neck.

“You look good wearing my clothes.”
“You don’t mind? I kind of don’t want to ruin my dress shirt by getting egg and butter spatter all over it.”
“Oh, so you mean you’re fine with ruining my tee instead?” JK said, trying to sound offended but as he couldn’t stop smiling, he was failing miserably.
“Pretty much.”

Jungkook chuckled before he moved to grab a couple of plates from the cupboard, putting them next to where Tae was cooking.

“Good morning,” Tae said as he pulled Jungkook in for a soft kiss.
“Good morning indeed,” JK said, kissing Tae yet again. “I’m gonna go put a shirt on as well.”
“Please don’t,” Tae grinned.
“Oh yes, I am, I can already tell you’re thinking things that shouldn’t be thought before having breakfast.”
“Wow, that coffee really did its job, you’re putting together many syllables. And it’s also in English, unlike last night.”
“Oh, shut up. I didn’t even know I would start speaking Korean during sex! That has never happened before.”
“That you know of.”
“I think a previous boyfriend or date would have told me if I started speaking another language.”
“So, you’re saying I’m special?” Tae said, clearly making a joke but Jungkook moved in closer.
“You are, Tae, you really are. And I mean that in the best way.”
“You’re distracting me…”
“And this is why I’m putting on a shirt!”
“Okay, fine. But don’t expect it to stay on for longer than just after breakfast.”

Jungkook chuckled before pressing a kiss to Tae’s cheek. Then he headed into the bedroom again, grabbing a black t-shirt and pulling it on. It was as he was doing that that he heard a shriek of terror that sounded a lot like Taehyung’s voice. Jungkook sprinted from the bedroom back to the kitchen to find Tae clutching his shirt, panting, eyes wide.

“Baby, what’s wrong?” Jungkook asked.
“Baby? I never once thought you’d call him baby! I thought it’d be the other way around!”
“Namjoon! What the fuck?!” Jungkook exclaimed, seeing his best friend in the doorway to the kitchen, having clearly scared the living daylights out of his boyfriend.
“I thought you’d still be asleep! I just came by to grab Jang’s long leash to take her to the beach. Then I heard someone was awake.”
“You knew I had a date last night!”
“Yeah, but you didn’t tell me he’d spend the night!”
“No, of course not! It wasn’t as if I’d planned it!”

Namjoon smirked and JK picked up the kitchen towel, hurling it at his best friend, it smacking him in the face.

“What the hell?!”
“That’s what you get for scaring my boyfriend! Also? The key is for emergencies! You could have knocked first!”
“Again? I thought you were asleep and when you sleep you’re dead to the world,” Namjoon muttered.
“Yeah, you kind of are,” Tae agreed.
“Don’t agree with him!” Jungkook said. “We want him out of the house!”
“So… you spent the night, huh?” Namjoon spoke to Tae, a smirk still on his lips. “Also? Nice hickey you got on your neck there, Jungkookie.”
“Oh, fuck off, Namjoon!” Jungkook looked around for something else to throw at the older man.
“I did spend the night, yes. We had sex three times, it was glorious,” Taehyung said without batting an eye, making Namjoon choke on air.
“What?!” Namjoon spluttered.
“Mhm, Jungkookie is an absolute god in bed.”
“I don’t need to know any details!”
“You walked in here,” Tae said with a shrug and Jungkook was now leaning on the kitchen counter, laughing his ass off. “The things he can do with his hands and mouth… Do you want more details… mr. Kim?”
“Oh my god, eww! You are not my daughter’s P.E. teacher right now!”
“I’m not. I’m Jungkook’s boyfriend. And if you come into his house, commenting on our activities, you will get a play by play.”
“I’m leaving right now!” Namjoon exclaimed, turning around and pretty much running out of the house.
“Bye bye Namjoon!” Tae hollered with a huge grin on his face.

Jungkook laughed even harder, having to actually hold on to the counter to keep from falling over. Taehyung grinned, his tongue peeking out between his teeth as he winked at Jungkook.

“Oh my god!” Jungkook wheezed eventually. “I’m keeping you forever! Not only can you handle Jin, you handled Namjoon like a pro!”
“Glad you approve,” Taehyung said.
“It’s really hot when you get sassy by the way,” JK said, moving up to his boyfriend and wrapping an arm around his waist.
“Do not start! We need to have breakfast first.”
“Sir, yes, sir!” Jungkook grinned before giving Tae’s ass a firm squeeze.
“You are so bad!” Tae said with a soft chuckle.
“Fine, I’ll behave. For now.”
“You’d better, otherwise I’ll burn everything by accident.”
“What can I get you to drink? Tea?”
“Uh well… you wouldn’t happen to have any Coke?” Tae asked with a sheepish smile.
“I’m surprised you didn’t notice it but I do. It’s on the bottom shelf in the fridge. Do you want to drink Coke for breakfast?”
“I know, I know, it’s weird!”
“That’s not what I meant. I was just asking and since you don’t drink coffee, it makes sense,” Jungkook said with a shrug before grabbing a can of Coke from the fridge.
“You have cherry Coke?!”
“Mhm, I remember you ordered that when we went to the movies.”
“I see I’m not the only observant one,” Tae said with a soft chuckle. “Cherry Coke has always been a favorite of mine.”
“I prefer regular Coke but cherry is pretty good too,” JK said with a soft smile.
“What’s your favorite drink then? Coffee?”
“Well, coffee is definitely one of my main fuels. But if I had to choose one thing? Banana milk.”
“I’ll make sure to have that at home when you come over,” Tae said with a soft smile.
“You don’t have to…”
“Oh yes, I do. You’ve spoiled me rotten since yesterday and you continue to this morning…”
“Might I remind you that you are the one making breakfast for us?”
“It’s the least I can do! You made amazing food and dessert for us yesterday and now you’re giving me cherry Coke too.”
“I like taking care of my boyfriend,” Jungkook said with a little shrug.
“You are so sweet,” Tae said softly, a warm smile on his lips.
“Or maybe said boyfriend fucked my brains out so thoroughly that I don’t know what I’m doing?”
“And there’s the demon again,” Tae said with a soft laugh as Jungkook grinned.

Soon the two were seated at the table, eating breakfast together. Jungkook found that the two really couldn’t keep their hands off each other. The touches were completely innocent but it was clear that both were in constant need of touching one another in some shape or form.

“So, when are you kicking me out?” Taehyung asked as he finished his toast.
“What am I supposed to answer? Now? Never? An hour?” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle.
“Just curious, I don’t want to overstay my welcome, you know?”
“I would be happy if you stayed until you have to go to work on Monday, okay?”
“Yeah?”
“Yeah, definitely. You stay for however long you want to.”
“I do have to go home tomorrow evening though because I start work early on Monday.”
“You’re staying until tomorrow?” Jungkook couldn’t even remotely try to hide the excitement in his voice.
“Yeah… as long as I can keep borrowing your clothes?”
“Definitely! I said it before: you look good in my clothes.”
“And you look good without clothes,” Tae said with a wink, making JK laugh.
“And you say that I’m the demon.”
“Well… let me revise my statement… you look good in anything. Whether it’s clothing or nothing…”
“Even if it’s workout gear?”
“Well, I haven’t seen you in workout gear but I imagine you’re still going to look incredible.”
“I’m testing that theory after breakfast. And you’re joining me.”
“Please don’t tell me we’re going to the gym?!” Tae groaned. “I don’t do gyms. Not even for you. Too many people and too stinky.”
“The gym’s in the garage. And you do realize you work out for a living, right?”
“Here? You have a gym in the garage? And work is different, it’s little kids.”
“Mhm, it’s not big but there are some weights, a punching bag and a treadmill.”
“Why do you need to workout though? Didn’t we do enough working out last night?” Tae asked with a grin.
“I skipped gym yesterday so, yes, we did. But I need to work out, I don’t like how I feel if I don’t.”
“Do you work out every day?”
“Four to six times a week.”
“Okay, okay, you can work out and I’ll sit on a chair,” Tae said with a determined nod.
“I can’t get you to hold the punching bag for me?”
“Am I going to get punched in the face?”
“Not as far as I know? Do you think my aim is so bad that I’ll miss the bag and hit you?” JK said with a soft chuckle.
“Depends… how long have you been boxing?” Tae was clearly joking as he was unable to keep a grin off his lips.
“Five years I think?”
“Okay, okay, I’ll hold the punching bag for you.”
“You are such a dork,” Jungkook said, affection shining from his eyes.
“You’re the one dating me,” Tae shot back, grinning as JK chuckled.
“I’m gonna go change. Do you want to borrow some sweatpants?” Jungkook asked as he put the dirty dishes in the dishwasher. “The garage is kinda chilly in the morning.”

Tae nodded before finishing his can of Coke, putting it on the counter before moving to wrap his arms around JK’s waist, pulling him in close and burying his face in JK’s neck. Jungkook couldn’t help but chuckle, his arms immediately wrapping around his boyfriend.

“Sorry, just needed to smell you before you start being all stinky,” Tae said as he pulled back.
“You’re such a jerk,” Jungkook laughed, giving Taehyung’s ass a smack before extricating himself and pulling the older man along to the bedroom.

After a few moments of looking, Jungkook found a pair of sweatpants that he tossed to Taehyung. As the older man pulled those on, Jungkook pulled off his tee, moving to grab a tanktop and shorts.

“What?” He asked with a raised eyebrow as Tae was staring at him.
“You’re undressed.”
“Excellent observation skills.”
“You strip and expect me not to stare?” Tae said with a little pout.
“I needed to change clothes! I can’t box in a loose tee.”
“Can’t you go shirtless?”
“You are shameless, Kim Taehyung!” JK laughed. “And no, I can’t, it’s too chilly.”
“But maybe you can go shirtless once you’re warmed up?” Tae said, grinning in a cheeky fashion.
“Maybe but I’m making no promises.”

About 10 minutes, and several kisses, later Jungkook opened the door to the garage, allowing Tae to go first. A shiver ran through JK as the morning was still quite chilly and Tae pulled the hoodie he had on a little tighter around himself.

“You weren’t kidding when you said it was chilly,” Tae commented.
“I told you!” Jungkook chuckled. “Do you want to warm up with me?”
“No, I’m not working out!”
“But you clearly do work out, otherwise you would not look the way you do. And I’ve seen you naked so I know.”
“I run, okay. I enjoy running.”
“Running? I have a treadmill! Use that.”
“Aren’t you using it though?”
“No, I’m doing stretching and stuff like that, better for boxing.”
“If I’m on the treadmill and you’re stretching, I’m going to be falling off!”
“Fine, how about I stretch first and then you can get on the treadmill for a bit while I do other things?” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle.
“Can I stare at you while you stretch?”
“You can stare all you want.”

Jungkook then started stretching and true to his word, Tae was watching his every move. It kind of did wonders for JK’s self esteem at the way his boyfriend was watching him. And if he happened to bend over and stretch a little more right in front of Tae, he couldn’t be blamed for that, right? Taehyung was clearly enjoying himself as he kept biting on his lower lip, eyes trailing up and down JK’s body.

“Do you need a bucket for your drool?” Jungkook asked after a while, a grin on his lips.
“Oh, fuck off! You know exactly what you’re doing!” Tae said, laughing softly while shaking his head.
“Maybe.”
“You are distracting in the best possible way.”
“I’m glad you don’t mind,” JK said with a soft smile as he moved over to where Tae was leaning against the treadmill. “Time for you to get warmed up.”
“What if I don’t want to?”
“Honestly, you should because I don’t want you injuring yourself when you’re holding the bag.”
“So you are going to miss the bag and hit me?”
“No!” JK laughed, wrapping an arm around Tae’s waist. “But you’re going to have to be a bit of a counterweight to the punches.”
“I’m not sure this is what I signed up for.”
“If you do it, I’ll give you a blow job as payment,” JK said, grinning as Tae pretty much choked on air. “Is that a yes?”
“You can’t just say stuff like that and expect me to be able to focus on anything else!”
“It’s a no then?” JK asked with a chuckle.
“Turn on the damn treadmill,” Tae huffed as he got on it.
“Yes, sir,” Jungkook laughed as he plugged in the treadmill before gesturing to the buttons, showing Tae how to work it.

As Taehyung began running on the treadmill, JK moved to do a few more exercises, getting his body warmed up. He made sure to stay out of Tae’s view as he didn’t want to risk distracting his boyfriend and, possibly, getting him injured.

“You do realize you’re making a lot of noise, right?” Tae commented. “Even if I can’t see you, I can hear you and it’s making me want to turn around.”
“Don’t you dare! Besides, I’m just doing some push ups against the wall so nothing to see, okay? And I’ll be quiet.”
“I’m enjoying the noises.”
“Of course you are. I promise to make more noise later, okay? And you can watch and touch as much as you want to.”
“I’m holding you to that.”
“I expect nothing less,” JK said with a soft chuckle.

Once Jungkook felt warmed up enough, he moved to wrap his hands before putting on the boxing gloves, opting for the MMA style ones today. Taehyung had moved off the treadmill, warming up his arms a bit at JK’s insistence before he moved to steady the punching bag.

“Don’t hit me.” Tae was clearly joking as he was grinning.
“I’m not gonna hit you!” Jungkook laughed.

After that JK began his boxing workout, never once missing the bag. Taehyung was moved back slightly every now and again but that seemed to make him even more determined to keep the bag still. JK told his boyfriend that he was doing a great job and Tae responded by saying that JK was incredibly hot like this.

“Stop flirting! You’re making me lose focus!” Jungkook laughed.
“Maybe that’s the point?”
“Oh so you want to get punched in the face?”
“Okay, okay, I’ll be quiet,” Tae said with a little pout.

Jungkook had to admit that it was a thrill to see Taehyung tense with each punch to the bag, clearly having strength to hold it steady. It was also thrilling to see the way Tae’s eyes moved over JK’s body as he worked out. After a few more minutes, Tae asked JK to stop briefly so he could take off the hoodie he’d borrowed as he was getting warm. Of course, that meant that Tae was now in a tee which definitely was a bit tighter on his arms as his muscles flexed when he held the bag in place.

“I think you might be the one who needs a bucket,” Tae commented with a smirk.

Instead of actually replying, Jungkook raised his eyebrows in a flirty manner, then he pulled back, grabbing the tank top he had on and pulling it over his head, leaving him shirtless. A jolt of arousal rushed through him as he saw Taehyung swallow hard, teeth sinking into his lower lip. It took a lot from JK to actually resume his work out but he was determined, trying his very best not to look too much at his boyfriend. It was really difficult though as he could feel Tae’s eyes on him.

“Enough,” Tae growled, moving past the punching bag and grabbing JK’s arms, pressing him up against the wall.

Jungkook couldn’t help the soft gasp that escaped him as his back connected with the cold wall. However, he didn’t really feel the cold for very long as Taehyung was pressed against him, capturing his lips in a hungry kiss. Jungkook very much wanted to grab his boyfriend but his boxing gloves were preventing him from doing more than simply holding his arms.

“Wait,” JK mumbled before grabbing hold of the velcro on one of the gloves with his teeth, pulling it off and discarding the glove before pulling the other one off too. “C’mere.”

Taehyung grinned softly before he was on Jungkook again, kissing him hungrily. Jungkook couldn’t help but moan against the other man’s lips as he pulled Tae even closer, showing he was very much on board with what Tae was doing.

“As much as I need to have you right now, I’m not having sex in the garage,” JK breathed out after a few more minutes of kissing.

With that, Jungkook grabbed Tae’s hand, pulling him along back into the house, forgoing the bedroom and instead moving to push Tae down on the couch.

“Couch sex, huh?” Tae said, a delighted grin on his lips.
“Take your clothes off while I get the lube and condoms,” Jungkook ordered.
“Yes, sir.”

As JK hurried into the bedroom to grab the supplies, he shed everything he was wearing. Once he returned to the living room, he couldn’t help but groan as Tae was now leaning back on the couch, completely naked.

“Can’t believe I get to have you,” Jungkook murmured as he threw the lube and condoms on the couch next to Tae.
“The feeling’s mutual,” Tae said as he reached for JK.
“Patience,” JK said as he sank down on his knees in between Taehyung’s parted legs. “I owe you a payment.”
“Fuck,” Tae groaned, one hand moving to curl in Jungkook’s hair. “You don’t have to…”
“I want to. Are you telling me you don’t want it?”
“Of course I want it, I’d be an idiot if I didn’t.”
“Then sit back and relax,” JK said with a wink.

His hands slid slowly up Taehyung’s inner thighs and Tae let out a soft sigh, eyes focused on JK. Jungkook then began placing kisses to his boyfriend’s skin, slowly kissing his way up from his knee to his hip, hands moving up over the man’s stomach and chest.

“You’re clean, yeah?” JK asked as he brushed his lips against Tae’s stomach.
“Yeah… haven’t been with anyone in about a year, tested clean after,” Tae mumbled huskily, his fingers combing slowly through Jungkook’s hair.
“Then I’m good with not using a condom to blow you… you?”
“Yeah… but don’t feel like y- fuck!” Taehyung cut himself off as Jungkook flicked his tongue out over the tip of Tae’s cock.
“What was that?” Jungkook asked with a smirk.
“Oh, fuck you,” Tae groaned.
“A little later.”

With that Jungkook wrapped his lips around Taehyung’s length, moaning low as he could feel his boyfriend harden almost instantly. Taehyung’s fingers continued to move through his hair and the noises the older man was making definitely encouraged Jungkook further. Soon, Jungkook began bobbing his head, allowing his boyfriend’s length to slide to the back of his throat before pulling back again, repeating the motion several times.

“Oh fucking hell… you don’t have a gag reflex?” Tae panted and Jungkook just winked in response. “You’re gonna kill me…”

Jungkook’s hands moved up over Tae’s chest, fingers brushing over the man’s nipples before sliding down over his stomach and then over his thighs once more. Doing this was turning Jungkook on a lot and it was very clear that his boyfriend was enjoying every moment. There was a constant stream of noises coming from Taehyung and his fingers curled and uncurled in JK’s hair.

“You… I’m… fuck, babe… gonna come…” Tae warned after a few more minutes and a thrill rushed down JK’s spine.
“Please do,” JK said as he briefly pulled off before going right back in again.

Taehyung moaned loudly as the words registered and Jungkook increased his speed a little, flicking his tongue against the underside of Tae’s arousal. He was also watching every single reaction from his boyfriend, absolutely loving the way Tae was trying to keep his eyes open. However, as JK hummed around Tae’s cock, Tae’s eyes snapped shut and a cry escaped him. It didn’t take long before Tae’s hips stuttered beneath Jungkook and JK groaned as he felt Tae flood his mouth. The fact that Taehyung was continuously moaning Jungkook’s name did so much for him.

“Off… please, off…” Tae gasped after a little while and Jungkook pulled back.

Taehyung was panting as JK sat back a little, wiping his mouth with the back of his hand, a pleased smile on his lips. His hands then moved to gently massage Taehyung’s thighs, watching as the older man recovered.

“Fuck, that lip ring…” Tae managed to get out after a few minutes, making Jungkook laugh.
“Still like it, huh?” Jungkook said.
“That’s an understatement. Get up here. Now.”
“Bossy,” JK said with a soft grin as he climbed into Tae’s lap, straddling his thighs.

In no time, Taehyung pulled Jungkook in, capturing his lips in a hungry kiss. Tae’s hands slid around Jungkook’s waist and down to his ass, cupping it and hauling him in tighter. Of course this meant that JK’s arousal pressed against Tae’s stomach and JK groaned softly into the kiss.

“You’re gonna ride me,” Tae said as they pulled back from the kiss. “But first I’m gonna prep you.”
“Please…” JK murmured huskily, unable to keep himself from grinding slightly against his boyfriend.

Taehyung grabbed the lube, quickly coating a few fingers before discarding the bottle next to himself again. Jungkook was continuously grinding against the older man by now, soft gasps escaping him every now and again.

“Tae…”
“I’ve got you, gorgeous,” Tae murmured as he parted his legs a little more, effectively spreading JK’s legs further.

As Jungkook felt his boyfriend’s fingers against his opening, he couldn’t possibly keep himself from moaning, instantly pushing back a little. Taehyung licked his lips, eyes focused on Jungkook as he slowly pushed a fingertip inside.

“Fuck…I’m… n-not gonna break…” Jungkook moaned.
“You sure?”
“Told you last night… yes!”

He honestly couldn’t remember the last time he was with someone whose number one priority seemed to be Jungkook’s pleasure. Not to mention the fact that Taehyung, despite being worked up, took his time, asking if JK was okay before proceeding further. Jungkook definitely enjoyed slow but sometimes he just wanted to have Taehyung inside him and he’d told Tae as much last night. This was one of those times where JK was already dying to have Tae’s cock inside him.

“Tell me if it’s too much, yeah?” Taehyung said as he pushed a finger all the way inside Jungkook.
“Fuck yes…” JK groaned, head tipping back as he reveled in the sensations coursing through him.

Jungkook was torn between pushing back on Tae’s finger and continuing to grind against his boyfriend’s stomach. However Taehyung solved that problem for him by wrapping his free arm around JK’s waist, pulling him in tighter as he began moving his finger a little quicker.

“You are so fucking hot, Jungkookie…” Tae muttered as he leaned in to nip at JK’s jaw and then kissed down his neck.
“Tae… Taehyung… fuck…”
“Can’t believe I get to have you like this…”
“A-anytime…”
“Only me, yeah?” Tae said as he added a second finger, making Jungkook moan loudly.
“You… yeah… just you… oh… o-only you. Don’t w-want anyone else.”

By now, Jungkook was trembling slightly in Taehyung’s hold, feeling so many good things at the same time. The fact that there was a hint of a possessive tone in his boyfriend’s voice had JK wanting to press even closer to the older man.

“Need you,” Jungkook moaned after a few more minutes. “Tae, please…”
“Don’t want to hurt you…”
“Oh for fuck’s sake,” JK growled as he grabbed the lube.
“What are you-”
“Too slow,” JK replied as he pulled Tae’s hand away from himself.

Then Jungkook moved to coat his own fingers in lube. In no time, he pushed two fingers inside himself, groaning softly. He heard a corresponding moan from Taehyung and JK looked down at his boyfriend.

“Told you… not gonna break,” Jungkook panted as he added a third finger almost immediately.
“Let me see you,” Taehyung whispered.

Jungkook then moved to have his back facing Taehyung and he pushed his fingers inside him again. A guttural groan came from his boyfriend and that definitely encouraged Jungkook further. Suddenly Tae’s hands were on him, pushing him down on the couch. JK barely had time to catch himself on the arm rest, leaning heavily against it as he scissored his fingers. Taehyung’s hands moved up his thighs before parting his ass cheeks further.

“Look at you…” Tae’s voice had dropped even lower, clearly enjoying the view a lot.
“Need your cock… you were too slow…” Jungkook panted out, thrusting his fingers in and out of himself a little harder. “Oh fuck… put… put the condom on… now.”
“So bossy,” Taehyung said but JK heard the wrapper being torn open and he knew Tae was doing exactly what he asked. “Can I fuck you from behind?”
“Yes,” JK moaned out, pulling his fingers out. “Now!”

Tae wasted no time and JK felt the man’s cock nudge at his rim. Jungkook moved to curl his hands around the armrest of the couch, a loud groan escaping him as Taehyung finally pressed in. This time, Taehyung had clearly gotten the picture as he pushed all the way inside Jungkook immediately, hands coming to curl around JK’s hips.

“Fuck… so good…” Jungkook moaned, pressing back against his boyfriend.

Taehyung had definitely gotten the fact that Jungkook wasn’t looking for slow and gentle right now as he instantly began moving. JK moaned loudly as Tae’s fingers dug into his hips as he thrust in hard again and again. One of Jungkook’s hands moved to wrap around his own arousal, staving off his own orgasm a little while longer.

“Fuck, babe… you’re… you’re ruining me for… anyone else…” Tae panted as he pulled JK back against himself.
“Good… good, don’t… want you to…” Jungkook gasped out before crying out as a particularly well aimed thrust had Tae’s length nailing his prostate dead on.

There was absolutely no way that Jungkook was going to be able to last, but he was doing his best in trying to keep himself in check for a little while longer at least. The fact that Tae was fucking into him at a hard pace was doing so much for JK. But suddenly Tae pulled back, sliding out of him and JK would deny to his dying day that he actually whined loudly at the loss.

“Ride me,” Tae growled as he sat back on the couch, sliding down a little to accommodate Jungkook.

JK wasted no time in straddling his boyfriend, pleased as Tae made sure to align his length with Jungkook’s ass. Soon enough Tae’s cock was buried deep inside him again and Jungkook moaned loudly.

“Fuck, you’re so fucking hot…” Tae groaned as Jungkook began bouncing in his lap.
“Touch me,” Jungkook moaned and instantly Tae’s hand wrapped around his length, stroking him.

The angle was absolutely perfect and with every thrust Tae’s length pressed against JK in the best way, making him see stars. Jungkook’s body was trembling continuously now and he allowed his head to fall back, focusing on riding his boyfriend faster. Suddenly Tae’s mouth was on his right nipple, teeth scraping over it and Jungkook cried out, hips stuttering.

“Taehyung!” Jungkook shouted as he fell apart, releasing all over Tae’s hand, chest and stomach.
“Fuck!” Tae groaned out, hips thrusting up hard against JK.

JK swore his world went white around the edges as his orgasm ripped through him and he was only vaguely aware of the fact that Taehyung was climaxing as well. Eventually Jungkook slumped forward against Tae, burying his face in the older man’s neck as he gasped for air.

“You… you are something else…” Tae mumbled next to JK’s ear after a few minutes of them just panting.
“Your fault,” Jungkook murmured, pressing a soft kiss to Taehyung’s neck.
“I’ll gladly take the blame.”

Jungkook giggled softly as he rested his head against his boyfriend’s shoulder. It felt heavenly to be with Taehyung and Jungkook could feel himself falling harder and harder with each experience he had with the older man.

“Just so you know?” Jungkook said after a few minutes, lifting his head to look at Tae. “I plan on making sure you won’t ever look at anyone else.”
“Is that so?” Tae said with a soft chuckle.
“Mhm, I’ll work hard at it.”
“Wanna know a secret?” Tae said, leaning in closer to Jungkook’s ear. “You’ve already done it. I only want you, Jungkookie.”
“Yeah?”
“Yeah, definitely. I know it might be too soon in our relatio-”
“Let me stop you right there, it’s not too soon if it feels right,” Jungkook said softly. “It feels right for me.”
“It does for me too.”
“Good, then we’re on the same page.”
“We appear to be, yes.”
“I look forward to grossing out NamJin with you,” Jungkook said with a soft laugh.
“You’re a little devil, Jeon Jungkook, and I’m so glad you’re mine,” Tae said before he leaned in to kiss JK in a sweet fashion. “Now, let’s go take a shower because we both need it.”
“You read my mind, handsome,” Jungkook chuckled before carefully climbing off his boyfriend and then tugging him to the bathroom, a bright smile on his face as they went.

Chapter Text

“How long is Sophie staying with her grandmother then?”
“Just until tomorrow night,” Jin replied as he finished his coffee, discarding the mug in the trashcan nearby.
“What are you and Namjoon doing then?”
“Honestly, I don’t know. It’s been so long since me and Joonie were without her. It’ll be weird…”
“I’m sure you could come up with something to do,” Jungkook chuckled.
“Are you seeing loverboy today then?” Jin asked as the two continued walking.
“His name is Taehyung!” JK laughed. “Nah, his flight gets in at 9 tonight and he starts early tomorrow. I’ll see him tomorrow evening.”
“Well, someone’s pouty about that.”
“Oh, shut up! It’s just… I haven’t seen him since Friday morning.”
“Oh my god! It’s a whole three days! How are you surviving?!” Jin exclaimed, clutching at his chest for added drama.
“Fuck off! I’m this close to pushing you into traffic.”
“You love me,” Jin said as he wrapped an arm around JK’s shoulders.
“You’re so annoying,” JK muttered.
“And you are so in love.”
“I’m n-”
“Don’t even try to deny it. I’ve never seen you light up this way before when you’ve been dating someone.”
“Maybe I’m just happy!”
“Yeah, because you’re in love.”

Jungkook grumbled a little but he knew there was no use in denying it as Jin was probably right. Taehyung was the sweetest, smartest, funniest and hottest person he had ever dated. The fact that JK was sulking about not having seen Tae for three days was another clear sign. Taehyung had gone to see his parents in Seattle and even though JK and Tae had texted a lot, it wasn’t the same as seeing each other.

“You haven’t told him yet, huh?”
“Told him what?” Jungkook asked, feigning ignorance.
“Don’t even try it!”
“Fine. No, I haven’t.”
“Why not?” Jin asked.
“Because we’ve only been dating for a month and a half!”
“So?”
“Isn’t that really quick?” Jungkook said, fiddling with his lip ring.
“Me and Joon said it after two weeks.”
“Oh god, spare me the details! I’ve heard the story so many times. You met and sparks flew, you fell in love at first sight and you spent the first 24 hours attached at the hip.”
“It was a fairytale…” Jin said with a dreamy sigh.
“Aside from the fact that you were dating someone else at the time!”
“We don’t talk about that!” Jin muttered, giving JK a shove. “Besides, it’s not as if me and Stephen were happy.”
“I know, I know. You weren’t happy until you met Namjoon.”
“And now you’re feeling the same way with Taehyung,” Jin said with a little grin.
“I hate you.”
“I love you too, Jungkookie.”
“Go see your husband, I’m sure he’s done with work by now. And I have to get to class.”

The two parted ways as they reached the dance studio and Jin got in his car and took off toward home. Jungkook stepped into the dance studio, quickly getting changed before moving into the actual space where the dance class took place.

“Hi JK!” Hobi greeted him as he entered.
“Hey Hobi, where are the others?” Jungkook frowned a little as he noticed the room being empty.
“Pau just had a baby, well, his wife did, so he’s home taking care of them. Jake’s sick with the flu, Mark is stuck in Germany.”
“Stuck in Germany?”
“Apparently there’s a strike? No flights in or out of the country.”
“Wow, that sucks. What about Hae and Jonni? They’re usually here well before me.”
“Jonni has a hot date and Hae is at a PTA meeting.”
“Oh… so it’s just you and me?” JK said, feeling just a tad nervous as he still found Hobi rather intimidating.
“Mhm, so I figured I’d teach you some advanced stuff.”
“Oh well, I…”
“Don’t be humble, JK, you are the best dancer.”
“Not compared to you.”
“Well no, of course not, but out of the others, you’re the best,” Hobi said with a chuckle.
“Uh… thank you.”
“I’m not going to yell at you again.”
“Uh… well… I…”
“Tae told me and I am sorry about that. I would have apologized sooner but you’ve always arrived exactly on time and pretty much sprinted out of here after class.”
“Well, I just…”
“You think I’m scary.”
“God damn it, Tae!” Jungkook muttered under his breath, but not quiet enough, so Hobi ended up laughing out loud.
“Yes, he told me. I’m sorry if I’ve scared you though, that was never my intention.”
“Well… you did. You just screamed at me when I spoke Korean with you.”
“Korean is not acceptable for me!” Hobi said.
“I didn’t know that then! It was only after Tae told me. You just started yelling at me about how important English is and how we should all speak it. Then you just stormed out.”
“I kind of did, didn’t I? I’m sorry, I truly am. I may be a little bit of a drama queen…”
“Just a little?” Jungkook asked with a little grin, thrilled as Hobi threw his head back and laughed again.
“Okay, a lot!”

After that, JK felt more at ease and the two chatted a while longer before Hobi suggested that he’d show Jungkook some of the more advanced moves he knew. Hobi was an incredible dancer and a very good teacher and JK felt like he was learning a lot in this one-on-one class.

“I need water,” JK panted after 40 minutes of dancing, moving to grab his water bottle.
“Surprised you lasted this long, you’re usually drinking within the first 10 minutes.”
“How do you know that?”
“I always thought you were trying to get away from learning but I figured out that you’re bored.”
“Bored?”
“Yeah, you go drink water when the moves are too simple for you.”
“I do?” Jungkook said, confusion coloring his voice.
“I’m pretty sure, yeah. It annoyed me at first but then I realized just how good you are at dancing and Pau is… not,” Hobi said with a soft chuckle.
“Not to mention Mark. I mean both he and Pau do try their best but some of the moves are too simple… for me, at least.”
“And you get bored and go drink water.”
“You’re very observant… just like your best friend,” Jungkook said with a soft grin.
“You’re really good for him,” Hobi said softly.
“What do you mean?”
“I’ve known him for about nine years and I’ve never seen him this happy.”
“Oh… well, he makes me very happy,” Jungkook admitted with a soft smile. “I mean, I haven’t seen him since Friday morning and I’ve been pretty miserable since.”
“You think he’s better off? Oh no, he’s been calling me and moping. He didn’t dare to tell you that he was moping though… but it’s clear that he loves you.”
“Yeah?” Jungkook felt himself light up at what Hobi just said.
“Definitely, yeah.”

The two chatted a little while more before going through a dance routine of the moves Hobi had taught JK. It was a lot of fun and Hobi was strict but a very good teacher. It was as the two were wrapping up that the door opened to the room.

“We’re done, give us a moment!” Hobi said as he was wiping his face with a towel.
“I just need my legs to start working again,” Jungkook commented from where he was laying on the floor, his back turned to the door.
“Should I be concerned that Hoseok has tried to kill you?” A very familiar voice said and JK shot up immediately, spinning around.
“Taehyung!” JK exclaimed and without thinking he sprinted over to his boyfriend, pretty much launching himself at the older man.
“Hey gorgeous,” Tae chuckled as he wrapped his arms around Jungkook.
“What are you doing here? Weren’t you flying in later tonight?”
“I may have changed my flight…”
“How come?” Jungkook asked.
“Because he was dying to see you,” Hobi said with a laugh, blowing a kiss at Tae as Tae flipped him off.
“You’re so annoying,” Tae muttered before his focus was on Jungkook again.
“I’m all sweaty, sorry,” JK said, realizing he was pretty much clinging to his boyfriend.
“I really don’t care,” Tae said softly, leaning in to kiss Jungkook in a tender fashion. “Missed you.”
“I missed you too. So much.”
“Hoseok didn’t try to kill you then?”
“Of course not!” Jungkook said with a soft laugh.
“I’ve just been teaching your boyfriend some more advanced moves.”
“Advanced, huh?”
“Yeah, I mean, I’m nowhere near as good as Hobi is but it was a lot of fun,” JK said.
“He’s good, really good,” Hobi smiled. “Hopefully we can do this again, JK?”
“Definitely!”
“Should I be worried that you two are going to gang up on me?” Tae asked.
“Yes,” Hobi said immediately before laughing.
“Told you, he’s a dork,” Tae commented to JK, shaking his head.
“Yeah and you told him I was scared of him!” Jungkook said, attempting a glare at his boyfriend but it really didn’t work well as he was too happy to have Tae there.
“He’s my best friend! Of course I tell him stuff.”
“I wouldn’t tell Namjoon you’re afraid of him.”
“That’s because I’m not afraid of him,” Tae said with a grin.
“You know what I mean!” Jungkook laughed.
“I’m quite enjoying seeing this side of you.”
“Who are you talking to?” Tae asked with a raised eyebrow at his best friend.
“Both of you. You’re really cute together.”
“Go away,” Tae said before sticking his tongue out at Hobi.
“And you call me immature,” Hobi said with a laugh.
“Because you are!” Tae shot back, making Hobi laugh yet again.
“Sure, sure. I’m going to take a shower.”
“Bye, Hobi, thanks for a great class,” Jungkook said with a warm smile.
“Thanks for being a great student. And for making Taehyung smile more than I’ve ever seen him smile.”

As Tae groaned, Hobi laughed yet again before he grabbed his things and left the room. Jungkook realized that he was still holding on to Tae and he was really not all that interested in letting go. Taehyung was clearly feeling much the same way as his arms were wrapped securely around Jungkook.

“You caught an earlier flight then?”
“I did, yes.”
“Why?” Jungkook asked.
“Well… Hoseok’s right.”
“Me? You caught an earlier flight because of me?”
“Yeah, I did. Three days without you was enough.”
“I’m glad… because I’ve been kinda going crazy without you,” Jungkook said with a soft smile.
“Yeah?”
“Yeah… I mean, I’ve been texting you nonstop and when we’ve talked on the phone I haven’t wanted the call to end.”
“Can we go back to my place maybe?” Tae asked. “You can shower there if you want?”
“Yeah, of course, let me just call Namjoon to take care of Jang-mi.”
“Of course. I’ll grab your things? See you at your car?”
“Yeah,” Jungkook smiled, giving Tae the key to his locker before moving to get his phone.

10 minutes later, Jungkook left the dance studio. Namjoon had, of course, pestered him about why JK couldn’t take care of Jang-mi for the night. As he had found out that JK was going to Tae’s place, Namjoon had made fun of him before saying that he was happy to take care of Jang-mi.

“Did you take a cab here?” Jungkook asked as he reached his boyfriend.
“I did, yeah… I’m sorry you can’t bring Jang-mi to my apartment.”
“It’s not your fault the landlord doesn’t allow pets. Besides, Joon was happy to take care of Jang.”
“I’m glad it’s not an inconvenience for him and Jin.”
“Speaking of those two, Jin’s still demanding a double date. He’s not giving up.”
“Do you want to?” Tae asked as they got in the car.
“Not really but I also know that Jin’s not going to stop. Ever. He’s extremely tenacious.”
“How about we go for coffee sometime? Will that satisfy him?”
“I doubt it will, he’ll demand dinner.”
“I don’t mind, you know I can hold my own against them.”
“Indeed you can. We’ll schedule something with them just to shut Jin up!” Jungkook grinned as Tae laughed.

Soon after, Jungkook took off, driving toward Taehyung’s apartment. Jungkook didn’t know how long he’d be able to stay at Tae’s as the man had an early morning tomorrow. JK, on the other hand, didn’t actually have work tomorrow as he’d worked during the weekend. But however long JK could stay at Tae’s? He’d stay.

“I told my parents about us,” Taehyung said as JK parked the car in front of the apartment building.
“You did? How did they react?”
“My mom seemed thrilled and called you adorable when I showed your photo. My dad asked about your job and kind of grunted, which means he’s okay with it.”
“Well, I’m glad your dad’s okay with it as you’ve mentioned that he’s been a bit prejudiced in the past.”
“Yeah, that’s why I don’t see them too often… dad’s a bit too narrow-minded. Mom’s not though and I hadn’t seen her in months so it was time.”
“Did you have a nice time though?”
“I did. Nothing beats mom’s cooking… well, yours does come close,” Tae said with a soft smile as he took JK’s hand once they’d gotten out of the car.
“I’m glad you told your parents about us. I actually told my mom last week and she was very excited that I’d met a, and I quote, a nice Korean gentleman.”
“How does she know I’m a gentleman?”
“She doesn’t, she’s just assuming since you’re Korean and we went to the same school.”
“Oh, so I’m not a gentleman?” Tae asked as he held the door open for JK.
“You are, but you’re also a devil in disguise. Not that I’d tell her that,” JK said with a soft grin.
“You have a point,” Tae said, smacking JK’s ass before moving to get the elevator doors open.

Jungkook laughed before moving to wrap his arms around Tae’s shoulders, pressing his face against the back of his neck as Tae walked them into the elevator.

“I’m just going to be a koala for the evening,” JK said.
“What about a shower? You are kind of stinky, you know?” Tae joked as the elevator moved upward.
“Stop being such an asshole,” Jungkook giggled, pressing a kiss to the back of Tae’s neck. “I was going to invite you to shower with me but now I’m not so sure.”
“Is that so? Well, I will happily wash your back…”
“And grope me at the same time, right?”
“I’m making no promises on keeping my hands to myself.”
“Well, I’m definitely not keeping my hands to myself,” JK said with a smirk.
“Oh really?”
“Mhm, there’s no way I’m letting go of you.”
“So, how long are you going to be my personal koala then?” Tae asked, amusement coloring his voice.
“Until you kick me out.”
“So… tomorrow evening?”
“Huh?”
“Tomorrow evening… I gotta get to sleep early and I start early.”
“Isn’t it tomorrow morning that you start early too?” JK was confused.
“Normally it is, yes. But I have taken tomorrow off.”
“You have? Why?”
“Because you mentioned you’d worked through the weekend so you had tomorrow off. So, unless you need to leave sooner, I’m happy to have you here until tomorrow evening.”
“You took a day off? Why?”
“Did Hoseok scramble your brain or something?”
“What? No. Why?”
“Because you’re usually quick at connecting the dots but right now, not so much.”
“Hey!” Jungkook pouted a little. “I just… I’m thinking about something.”
“Me, naked?” Tae said with a cheeky grin as they exited the elevator, walking to Tae’s front door.
“Always.”
“That’s what I thought,” Taehyung chuckled.

In reality, Jungkook was thinking about what Hobi had said earlier. Not to mention what Jin had pointed out. Was he in love with Taehyung? The sheer joy he’d felt when Tae had shown up at the dance studio was insane. Add in the fact that JK had been so exhausted from dancing that he’d just fallen over, yet that was completely forgotten the second he heard and saw the older man. So yeah, he was in love. No doubt. Now, it was just a matter of knowing if he should tell Taehyung or not. Was it too soon?

“Do you want to hit the shower right away?” Tae asked as they’d gotten out of their shoes and jackets.
“Well, you said I was stinky.”
“And you know I was kidding,” Tae smiled, pulling JK in close once again. “I love the way you smell.”
“Good because I’m addicted to your smell. I do think I’d like to take a shower though.”
“Can I join you? It’s fine if you say no, I promise.”
“I know. But I want you to join me, kind of don’t want to be away from you,” Jungkook admitted softly.
“I’m glad… I feel the same way.”
“I do have a surprise…” Jungkook said as he realized he’d be taking his shirt off.
“Oh?”
“Yeah, but you can’t touch it, okay? It’s still healing.”
“You got another tattoo, huh? I promise I’ll keep my hands off it.”
“Mhm,” JK said, keeping the second thing he’d gotten done to himself for now.
“What tattoo did you get then?”
“You’ll see soon.”

The two went into Taehyung’s spacious bathroom and Tae moved to grab a set of fresh towels, hanging them next to the shower. Jungkook pulled the hair tie out of his hair before he tugged his tee off, his back toward Taehyung. He heard Tae unzip his pants and the laundry hamper being opened. It was as JK had pulled off his sweat pants that he turned around to face his boyfriend.

“Let me s- well… fuck,” Taehyung cut himself off, groaning out the last word.
“Surprise?” Jungkook said with a smirk.
“I can’t touch?”
“No, not for another month or so.”
“That’s just unfair,” Taehyung said and JK took full notice of the fact that his boyfriend’s voice had dropped an octave or two.
“You should be glad this is just a re-pierce and not the first one.”
“How long did it initially take to heal then?”
“Close to five months. I guess you like it though? Seeing as you’re staring at my chest more than I’ve ever seen you stare.”
“Uh-huh, it’s very sexy… and I hate that I can’t touch it!” Taehyun said with a little pout.
“What about my new tattoo then?” Jungkook said, showing the inside of his right arm.
“Is that Jang-mi’s pawprint?”
“It is, yes.”
“It looks amazing. And I can’t touch that either, huh?”
“Nope. But that’ll be healed enough within a few days.”

After that, Jungkook moved to turn the shower on, discarding his boxers before stepping under the spray. It only took a few seconds before Taehyung closed the door behind him, arms wrapping around Jungkook’s waist. JK leaned his head back against Tae’s shoulder, letting out a content sigh as the older man kissed his shoulder in a soft fashion.

“I’m so glad you’re back,” Jungkook murmured.
“Same,” Tae whispered against JK’s skin, dropping soft kisses to any part he could reach.

Jungkook let out a content noise, hands brushing over Tae’s arms as he relaxed in his boyfriend’s hold. The older man was clearly intent on showering JK with touches as he was doing an amazing job at kissing all over his skin. The kisses were kept soft and sweet and Jungkook couldn’t get over just how amazing it felt to be back in Taehyung’s arms.

“Can I wash your hair?” JK asked after a little while.
“Of course but you don’t have to?”
“I want to, otherwise I wouldn’t have asked, silly.”
“Well… then I want to wash yours too,” Taehyung said and JK chuckled softly. “You know how much I love your hair.”
“Not as much as I love yours,” Jungkook said, turning his head to press a soft kiss to Tae’s jaw.
“I do have a question about your piercing though,” Tae said after a few more minutes of gentle touches and kisses.
“Of course.”
“I know you hugged me earlier but… does it hurt? I mean, if you have pressure on your chest.”
“Not really. It’s a little uncomfortable but it’s not painful. Why?” Jungkook said as he turned around to face Taehyung.
“Because I want to hug you and I don’t want to do that if I’m hurting you.”
“You’re not hurting me, I promise. But if we have sex we- what?”
“If we have sex? If?!”Tae said, looking quite offended and making Jungkook laugh.
“Sorry, when we have sex, I don’t think I should be underneath you. We both know that we will collapse at the end and as slim as you are, your body weight will probably be a little too much right now.”
“Good because I was thinking…” Tae bit on his lower lip as he looked at Jungkook.
“Yeah?”
“I’ve still not gotten to experience you…”
“Huh?”
“Inside me?” Tae smiled bashfully as he said that and Jungkook ended up swallowing hard.
“No… no, you haven’t. I kinda figured you forgot all about that,” JK said softly, one hand moving to brush through Tae’s hair.
“Definitely not. But we haven’t talked about it… so I figured you were content with me on top.”
“I’m very, very content, yes. But I’ve thought about what you’d feel like… and how it would feel to be inside you. Like, I thought about it a lot. Especially now that you’ve been away.”
“Is that so?”
“Mhm… so yeah, if you feel like switching, I’m all for it. But I’m also good with being on the receiving end… you feel so fucking good inside me.”

Taehyung nodded a little before he leaned in to capture JK’s lips in a soft kiss. Jungkook wrapped his arms around Tae’s waist as he pulled the older man a little closer, letting out a content noise against his boyfriend’s mouth.

Nearly an hour later the two exited the shower, toweling off before Taehyung moved to grab a couple of pairs of underwear, sweatpants and tees for the two of them. Jungkook absolutely loved that he and Tae were similar in size as it meant that they could use each other’s clothes. As much as JK loved seeing Tae in his clothes, it was even better to be in Tae’s clothes. The clothes smelled so good and the scent was something that was so Taehyung.

“Your hair’s so fluffy,” Jungkook commented as Tae had blow-dried his hair.
“I know, it doesn’t stay down if I don’t comb through it.”
“I love it,” JK said, moving to run his fingers through his boyfriend’s hair, stealing a kiss from the other man before taking the hairdryer, turning it back on.
“I’ll go grab us something to drink,” Tae said, smacking JK’s ass before heading out of the bathroom.

Once JK had dried his hair, he combed through it a few times before leaving the bathroom. He was fully intent on going to the living room as he figured Tae was there. However, he ended up stopping short as he passed the bedroom. Tae was currently seated on the bed, cross-legged, holding two bottles.

“Not the living room?” JK said as he came into the bedroom, settling down opposite his boyfriend.
“Nah. I have a TV in here if we want to watch something and the bed’s more comfortable than my couch. Also bigger.”
“Yeah… I mean, I think your couch is just fine but your bed is definitely comfier.”
“I got you some beer…”
“Are you planning on getting me drunk?”
“No!” Taehyung laughed. “I noticed you had this beer in your fridge so I figured you like it? Maybe you don’t?”
“I do, it’s my favorite. You’re not having beer though?”
“Nah, I’m not a huge fan of beer…”
“But you asked for it when you were at my place the first time?”
“I know… I didn’t want to seem weird?”
“And now?”
“You're my boyfriend now so you get to experience me in all my weirdness.”
“Okay so… you hate coffee, you need cherry Coke to function and you don’t like beer, any other drinks I should keep track of?” Jungkook asked.
“You think I’m weird, don’t you?” Tae said.
“Definitely not! I just want to make sure I don’t offer you something you don’t like.”
“You’re so sweet,” Tae smiled, squeezing JK’s hand. “I like wine for dinner sometimes, alcoholic drinks as long as they don’t taste too much of alcohol…”
“Meanwhile I’m not a big wine drinker and my favorite drinks taste of alcohol. But I think beer’s my favorite alcoholic drink. Though, and I truly do appreciate you having the beer, I think I’d rather have some Coke right now too.”
“Are you sure?”
“I am, yeah. But I’ll happily have the beer another night.”
“So you plan on coming over again, huh?”
“Try and stop me,” JK said with a grin before stealing a kiss and then getting off the bed. “Be right back.”

Jungkook made his way to the kitchen, putting the beer back in the fridge and grabbing a bottle of Coke as well. As he came back into the bedroom, he noticed Taehyung wince slightly as he shifted on the bed.

“What’s wrong?”
“It’s nothing.”
“Tell me. I saw you wince,” Jungkook said, concern bleeding into his voice.
“I think I sat funny on the plane back here… plus, someone kept kicking my seat. My shoulder blade is sore. No worries, it’ll pass.”
“Can I give you a massage?” Jungkook said as he sat down on the bed again.
“You don’t have to…”
“I asked because I want to, okay? It might help you feel less discomfort. Plus? It’s not as if I don’t get the perfect excuse to touch you, you know?”
“Oh, so you just want to grope me, huh?”
“Well… yes. But I also happen to know how to do a proper massage.”
“You do?”
“Mhm, I took a couple of classes in it so I know the basics.”
“Well… if you don’t mind doing it?” Tae said softly.
“I don’t, I would love to. Do you have any oil or lotion?”
“Yeah, I actually have some massage oil.”
“Should I be jealous?” JK asked with a cheeky grin on his lips.
“No! I actually got it for myself when my calf was acting up and I massaged it every night. No one else has used it,” Tae said with a soft chuckle.
“Will you go get it please?”

Taehyung nodded before getting up and heading back to the bathroom. While the older man was gone, Jungkook shifted to where he could arrange the pillows so Tae could rest in a relaxed fashion. Soon enough, Tae returned, tossing the bottle to Jungkook before sitting down in bed again. The two chatted a little while having their drinks and JK couldn’t help but think about how utterly comfortable he was with his boyfriend. There was no awkwardness, even when they fell silent for a while. Then there was the fact that they seemed to be in constant need of being in contact with one another.

“When you feel up to it, take your shirt and sweats off,” Jungkook said.
“Oh, so now you’re making me strip, huh?” Tae chuckled.
“Just take your clothes off, silly!” Jungkook laughed, poking playfully at Tae’s arm.
“Only if you do too.”
“Deal.”
“That was easy,” Tae said with a grin.
“Well, fair’s fair,” JK smiled before pulling the tee over his head, discarding it at the foot of the bed.
“You are not fair, Jeon Jungkook,” Tae muttered, eyes focused on Jungkook’s chest.
“But I thought you wanted me to take my clothes off?” Jungkook said with a grin.
“You know what I mean!”
“Well, if you take your clothes off and lie down on your stomach, you won’t see what’s distracting you. Plus, you get a massage.”
“I get to have your hands on me, that’s my main focus,” Tae said.

Jungkook chuckled, nodding his head a little before leaning in to kiss Taehyung softly. Then he climbed off the bed to get rid of his sweat pants while Tae undressed as well, discarding the clothes on the floor. As Taehyung laid down on his stomach, Jungkook couldn’t help but let his eyes travel all over the older man. His boyfriend was stunning and Jungkook found himself completely mesmerized.

“You’re too far away,” Tae complained, breaking JK out of his staring.
“Sorry, I just got distracted by my gorgeous boyfriend,” JK admitted freely, pleased when Tae turned his head to smile brightly at him.
“Get over here.”
“Yes, dear,” JK grinned, moving back onto the bed and shifting to where he was seated on the back of Taehyung’s thighs.
“Much better.”
“Tell me if it hurts too much, yeah?” JK said as he poured some of the oil in his hand before warming it up.
“I will.”

As JK deemed the oil warm enough he began to gently massage Tae’s shoulder, instantly able to feel the tension. A soft groan escaped the older man but he quickly reassured Jungkook that it felt just fine. Jungkook took his time, slowly working out the tension in his boyfriend’s shoulder before moving over to the other side.

“You don’t hav-”
“Shush, I want to, remember?” Jungkook said, smiling as Taehyung chuckled. “But if you want me to stop, I will.”
“Oh no, I don’t want you to stop. Like, ever. This feels incredible…” Tae said, letting out a relaxed sigh.

Jungkook continued working his hands over the other man’s back, occasionally adding more oil to his hands. The noises his boyfriend kept eliciting were very distracting and JK found himself having to take several deep breaths to remain in control of his own arousal. However, it wasn’t working well as Tae kept making all sorts of noises. JK ended up shifting down a little, hands working down over Tae’s lower back.

“Fuck yeah…” Tae groaned and JK bit down hard on his lower lip.
“Good?” JK managed to ask.
“Mmmm, so good… feels amazing…” Tae mumbled. “I have a question though?”
“Hmm?”
“How many sex noises am I going to have to make before you get turned on?” Tae said.
“Oh, you fucking bastard!” Jungkook exclaimed. “I was trying to restrain myself!”
“Well… you shouldn’t,” Tae said, glancing over his shoulder at JK with a smirk on his lips.
“Good,” JK said as he leaned over Tae, pressing his arousal against Tae’s ass. “See what you do to me, Taehyung?”
“Fuck…” Tae moaned, pushing his ass back against JK.

Jungkook leaned down, nipping playfully at Taehyung’s ear, thrill rushing through him as Tae moaned. Now that JK knew Tae was feeling very much the same things as he did, JK didn't hold back. His hands moved down over Tae’s sides as he traced the shell of his boyfriend’s ear, breathing out hotly. The fact that Taehyung kept moaning encouraged Jungkook further. Then there was the way Taehyung kept pushing his ass back against JK’s crotch, making JK even more horny.

“Can I?” JK asked as his fingers curled in the waistband of his boyfriend’s boxers.
“Please, yeah,” Tae panted, lifting his hips a little as Jungkook pulled the boxers down.

As Jungkook had gotten Tae out of his boxers, he found himself staring at his boyfriend yet again. The way Tae was on the bed, completely naked, was doing so many things for JK. Taehyung was incredibly attractive and Jungkook found himself just wanting to touch every single inch of the older man.

“Stop staring at my ass,” Tae commented, making JK chuckle.
“That’s not all I’m staring at.”
“Oh?”
“No, I’m staring at every gorgeous inch of you…”
“Jungkookie…” Tae muttered.
“Hmm?”
“Less talking, more touching.”
“So demanding,” Jungkook chuckled but shifted closer again, his hands sliding slowly up his boyfriend’s back. “What if I want to talk and touch then?”
“As long as you’re touching me, you can talk all you want.”
“Good because I want to tell you how gorgeous you are, how sexy you look and how much I want to touch every single part of you.”
“Kookie… you can touch as much as you want,” Tae breathed out.
“My Taehyung…” Jungkook murmured as he leaned down to kiss over Tae’s shoulder.
“Yours, all yours.”

Jungkook slowly pressed his hips against Taehyung’s ass again, biting hard on his lower lip as Tae instantly pushed back against him. The fact that JK’s boxers were the only thing in the way was making JK feel so many good things. As JK’s lips connected with Tae’s shoulder again, the older man’s head tipped to the side, a soft moan escaping him.

“Love how noisy you are, baby,” JK murmured.
“Your fault… making me feel so good.”
“Good… plan on continuing to do that.”
“Can you… can you just…” Tae mumbled, clearly rather distracted by the way JK kept kissing over his neck all the while rocking his hips against him.
“Hmm?”
“Boxers… your boxers… off.”
“Of course. If you get the lube and condoms?”

Tae immediately opened the nightstand drawer, pulling out the condoms and lube. At the same time as he did that, JK shifted to where he could rid himself of his boxers, throwing them over his head somewhere.

“Lay on your side for me?” Jungkook said and Tae immediately did as he was asked. “I want to see you when I finger you open.”
“Jesus…” Taehyung groaned.
“I’m Jungkook, not Jesus,” JK said, chuckling softly as Tae glared at him.
“Stop being a smart ass or you won’t get lucky.”
“You sure? Because you seem to be quite on board…” JK smirked as his hand wrapped around his boyfriend’s arousal.
“Fuck…”
“You were saying?”
“Fuck you,” Tae growled and JK leaned in closer.
“Oh no, gorgeous, tonight I will fuck you,” Jungkook purred before he captured the older man’s lips in a heated kiss.

Taehyung’s hand moved up to curl in JK’s hair as JK continued stroking his cock, absolutely loving the noises his boyfriend kept making. It took a few more minutes before Tae warned JK that he was getting close. This had JK pulling his hand back, a thrill rushing through him as Tae whined quite loudly.

“Leg over my hip, okay?” JK said as he nipped softly at Taehyung’s lower lip. “And tell me to stop if it hurts?”

Taehyung nodded, shifting to rest his left leg over JK’s hip. JK quickly coated his fingers in more lube before moving a little closer to the older man. Slowly he moved his hand to gently massage Tae’s ass, delighting in the noise that immediately came from Tae.

“You’re so vocal… I love it,” Jungkook murmured as he allowed his fingers to slowly circle his boyfriend’s opening.
“Jungkook-ah…”
“What do you want, hyung?” Jungkook couldn’t help but also switch to Korean as Tae clearly did.
“You…”
“You have me, baby, you need to be more specific…”
“Fuck… you… fingers… please… need your fingers,” Tae panted.
“Good boy,” JK purred, capturing Tae’s lips in a passionate kiss as he slowly pushed his index finger inside the older man.

The moan immediately escaping Tae had JK feeling like he was the luckiest man alive. Then there was the fact that Tae’s fingers were curled tightly in JK’s hair, tugging lightly on it as JK pushed his finger further inside.

“Kookie… that… so good…” Tae moaned low, pushing his ass back against JK’s finger.
“You’re so tight… you feel fucking incredible, baby.”
“Keep… keep going.”
“I’m not stopping unless you ask me to,” Jungkook murmured as he began moving his finger in and out of his boyfriend.

Taehyung had been rather vocal when he was on top but now he was even more vocal and Jungkook couldn’t get enough of it. The older man was incredibly responsive to each touch and there was a constant stream of moans coming from him. It definitely turned JK on even more and he already felt like he was going to explode with a single touch. Clearly, his boyfriend was quite aware of this as JK suddenly felt Tae’s hand curl around his cock, causing JK to groan loudly.

“Gonna make me cum, baby,” JK panted as he continued moving his finger.
“Good… then you can last longer when you’re inside me…” Tae mumbled before trailing off in a low groan.
“Hyung… fuck…”
“Come on, gorgeous…” Tae moaned as he increased his pace, making JK completely unable to keep his own hand moving.

Jungkook could feel his stomach begin to tighten and he rolled over on his back, pulling Taehyung along with him. The older man was clearly caught off guard but quickly got with the program and resumed stroking JK, fingers tightening every now and again. It only took another minute or so before Jungkook's restraint snapped and he arched on the bed as he reached his peak, spilling over Tae’s hand and his own stomach.

“Beautiful,” Tae murmured huskily as he kissed over JK’s jaw, working him through his climax.
“Not… not part of… of my plan,” Jungkook panted after a few moments.
“Just like our first time together… you derailed my plan.”
“Point taken,” JK chuckled, lifting up to kiss Taehyung in a soft fashion. “Gimme a minute and I’m good to go.”
“You don’t h-”
“Shush, Taehyung-ah, you know I want this.”
“Not as much as I want it… can’t wait to feel you inside me.”

Taehyung then reached over to the nightstand again, picking up a packet of cleaning wipes, quickly moving to clean his hand and then taking great care in cleaning JK up as well. The second Tae moved away again to put the packet away, JK rolled on to his side. As Tae turned back, he grinned, moving to lie down and resting his leg on JK’s hip once more. JK leaned in to kiss his boyfriend in a passionate way, both men moaning into the kiss.

“I believe I was in the middle of something very important,” Jungkook murmured as he opened the lube, once again coating his fingers.
“Mmm, very important,” Tae replied with a soft grin.

Jungkook then began to slowly touch Tae again, once more blown away by how deliciously vocal his boyfriend was. Working a finger in and out of the older man was quite arousing, especially with how Tae kept shifting, clearly enjoying himself a great deal.

“More…” Tae muttered after a few minutes.
“Of course,” JK whispered, eyes focused on the other man as he slowly added a second finger.
“Fuck…”

A soft smile spread on Jungkook’s lips, loving the way Tae’s head tipped back a little, eyes fluttering closed and his lips parting, another moan escaping him. Jungkook leaned in to press his lips to Tae’s Adam’s apple before kissing his way over the older man’s neck. JK was taking his sweet time in working his boyfriend open, loving how Tae was clearly torn between pressing closer and pushing back against JK’s fingers.

“Can’t get enough of you,” JK murmured. “Love how you feel… how you sound… how you look…”
“Jungkookie… fuck… please…”
“Yes, hyung?”
“More… now…” Tae panted.
“Your wish is my command, baby.”

As Jungkook captured his boyfriend’s lips in a hungry kiss, he added a third finger, nearly stopping as Tae twitched a little, a soft whimper escaping him. JK was about to cease all movements when Taehyung pulled back from the kiss.

“If you stop I will fucking end you,” Tae growled out. “I can deal with a little pain.”
“Another kink of yours?” JK asked and Tae glared at him.
“Like you… oh fuck… you said… not gonna break,” Tae moaned as JK slowly but surely worked his fingers inside him.

It only took a minute or two of slow movements before Taehyung was pressing back against JK’s fingers, moaning out his pleasure. The fact that JK could feel Tae relaxing more and more increased his own arousal once more. Much to Jungkook’s surprise, he was already rock hard again. He wasn’t used to recovering as fast but then again, he’d never been with anyone who affected him the way Taehyung did.

“Jungkookie… please…”
“Hmm?”
“Fuck… fuck, please… need you…”
“You have me, baby, I’m right here,” JK said, a sly grin on his lips.
“Oh, fuck you,” Tae growled as pushed back on JK’s fingers yet again.
“I thought we’d established that I was fucking you tonight? Are you changing your mind?”

As Jungkook had said that, another growl escaped his boyfriend. Then Jungkook found himself on his back, Tae shifting to where JK’s fingers slipped out of him. The older man then grabbed the condom, ripping it open.

“Eager?” Jungkook asked, a smirk on his lips.
“Shut up,” Tae muttered as he rolled the condom on Jungkook’s length before adding more lube.
“Taehyung…” JK moaned out as Tae stroked over his arousal, coating it with the slick substance.
“Too slow,” Tae said before shifting to straddle Jungkook’s hips.

Tae then grabbed JK’s hands, moving them to where he was grabbing Tae’s ass. JK grinned softly, absolutely loving how bossy his boyfriend was. However, as Tae moved to align himself with JK’s cock, the grin faded and Jungkook’s jaw went slack as Tae immediately lowered himself onto JK’s cock.

“Baby… fuck!” JK groaned as Tae didn’t stop until he was fully seated on JK.
“Oh my fucking… fuck… shit… so good…” Tae moaned, his head tipping back while his hands rested on JK’s stomach.
“Shit… Tae… fuck, you’re… fuck…”

JK was quickly losing the ability to speak as Taehyung felt absolutely incredible and Jungkook couldn’t take his eyes off the older man. Tae was seated on top of him, breathing heavily, his head still tipped back. However, soon Taehyung lifted his head, looking down at Jungkook with darkened eyes, his lower lip caught between his teeth.

“You feel fucking incredible, Jungkook-ah… so big…” Taehyung’s voice was raspy and even deeper than normal.
“Taehyung…”
“Are you up to actually fucking me or are you going to make me ride you?”
“You little shit,” Jungkook growled as he took hold of Tae’s hips, holding him tightly as he rolled them over, only partially sliding out of his boyfriend.
“Good boy,” Tae said with a smirk.
“Fuck off,” JK muttered before leaning down to capture his boyfriend’s lips in a hungry kiss.

As Taehyung’s hands came to tangle in JK’s hair, JK pushed all the way inside his boyfriend once more, a moan rumbling in his chest as he did. Once he was completely buried inside him again, he broke the kiss to look down at the other man. Taehyung’s hair fanned out beneath him, his eyes were half-closed and his lips parted.

“Baby… baby, please…” Tae panted, pulling at JK’s arms.
“I’ve got you, gorgeous,” Jungkook murmured as he slowly pulled his hips back a little before pushing right back in again.

The fact that Taehyung was, somehow, becoming even more vocal now fueled JK on further and he quickly found a good pace. Every time he thrust back into his boyfriend, he couldn’t help but moan, Tae feeling so insanely good. The way Taehyung tipped his head back on the bed, making the sexiest ‘ah’ sounds with every single thrust was quickly becoming Jungkook’s favorite sight and sound. It was also making him even more turned on. He was realizing that no matter how much he wanted to last a lot longer, there was just no way. Not with the way Taehyung sounded, coupled with the way the older man was pulling at JK’s hips, encouraging him to go harder. As Taehyung lifted his legs, wrapping them around JK’s waist, JK felt himself slide in even deeper. Clearly, the slight angle change was enough for Taehyung as he cried out JK’s name, quickly begging him for more.

“Good, huh?” JK panted out as he kept the angle, pushing into his boyfriend again and again, delighting in every single whimper, moan and curse coming from the man beneath him.
“Kookie… I… I… I… you’re… fuck…”
“You gonna cum untouched, baby? I can tell you’re already so close,” JK said.
“Please, please… please, h-harder… harder…”
“Anything for you.”

With that, Jungkook increased his pace, his thrusts becoming harder as he kept the exact angle up, clearly nailing Tae’s prostate as the older man was quickly becoming a trembling mess. The fact that Tae didn’t seem to be able to keep his mouth shut encouraged JK further. Jungkook leaned down to kiss over Tae’s jaw and neck before latching on to a spot just beneath his collarbone and sinking his teeth into the skin slightly, definitely leaving a mark. Apparently that was all it took as Taehyung went rigid beneath him, pretty much shouting Jungkook’s name as he reached his peak, coating their stomachs with his release. The way Taehyung’s body tightened around JK’s length made JK moan loudly, his thrusts becoming more erratic. It only took another minute or so before Jungkook climaxed once again, shuddering as he gasped out Taehyung’s name again and again.

“Fuck…” Jungkook groaned as he collapsed on top of his boyfriend.
“Mmmm,” Taehyung mumbled, one arm wrapping around JK’s shoulders.

The two fell quiet, simply gasping for breath as they recovered. JK didn’t care that there was a sticky mess between them, he didn’t want to separate from his boyfriend for a single second right now.

“You okay?” Tae rasped out after a few more minutes.
“Shouldn’t I be the one to ask you that?”
“I’m fucking amazing.”
“That makes two of us then,” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle, pressing a soft kiss to the center of Tae’s chest before slowly sliding out of his boyfriend.

Jungkook then stood up on very wobbly legs as he moved to rid himself of the condom. As he turned back toward his boyfriend, he smiled as Tae was still in the same position, except his head was turned toward JK, a smile on his lips. Jungkook settled down next to his boyfriend, grabbing the wipes once more and gently cleaning the older man’s stomach before doing the same to his own.

“Can we do that again?” Tae asked, making JK chuckle.
“I’m all for it. Just give me half an hour to recover.”
“I didn’t mean right away, you dork!” Tae giggled, half-heartedly swatting JK’s arm. “I just mean…”
“I’m all for switching, baby. But I’m gonna have to insist you still fuck me at times because I love it.”
“I have no problems with this,” Tae said as he pulled Jungkook into bed again.
“We’ll take turns then?”
“You make it sound like we’re playing a game or something.”
“You know what I mean!” JK chuckled.
“I do and yes, I’m all about switching with you.”
“Good because I’m quite addicted to having you inside me, making me feel the most amazing things… though…”
“Hmm?” Tae asked with a raised eyebrow.
“You are incredibly vocal when you’re on the bottom. It’s really hot. Why are you not as vocal when you’re on top?”
“Maybe I’ve been restraining myself a little?”
“Please don’t, I want to hear you. You sound so insanely sexy.”
“Good to know… I won’t hold back at all from now on.”

Jungkook smiled as Taehyung said that and he leaned in to kiss the older man in a soft fashion. He then snuggled in closer, tangling their legs together as Tae pulled a blanket over them. JK moved to rest his head against Tae’s shoulder, tracing Tae’s chest with his fingertips as he simply reveled in how good he felt.

“You are quite a bossy bottom by the way,” Jungkook said after a while.
“Only when my boyfriend is slow,” Tae shot back immediately.
“I just didn’t want to risk hurting you!”
“I’m not gonna break, gorgeous.”
“Well, I didn’t want to risk anything, being our first time and all.”
“Oh? I thought our first time was back when I fucked you at your house?” Tae said, a grin on his lips.
“Stop being such a smart ass!” JK exclaimed with a soft laugh. “You’re always so mouthy.”
“You love me,” Tae chuckled, clearly making an offhanded comment.
“I do,” Jungkook replied, lifting his head to look at his boyfriend.

Taehyung was grinning but as their eyes met, Tae’s smile faltered and his eyes widened as he realized JK was serious.

“You do?” Tae whispered.
“Yeah, I do… I’m in love with you, Kim Taehyung,” Jungkook said softly.
“Jungkookie… I’m in love with you too,” Tae said, a bright smile spreading on his lips.

It only took a few seconds before Taehyung pulled Jungkook in for a sweet kiss, his fingers curling lightly in JK’s hair as they kissed. Once they pulled apart, JK found himself placing tender kisses all over Taehyung’s face.

“I love you, Tae… love every single thing about you…”
“Even if I’m bossy?” Tae murmured.
“I love bossy Tae just as much as I love sweet Tae and sassy Tae. I love you, no matter what mood you’re in.”
“Jungkook… how did I get so lucky?”
“I’m the lucky one.”

Tae chuckled before rolling them over to where he was leaning over JK, moving to trace JK’s cheekbone and down over his lower lip before moving down over his neck.

“My beautiful Jungkook,” Tae murmured softly before leaning in to kiss JK in a tender fashion.
“My handsome Taehyung,” Jungkook replied, wrapping his arms around the older man and pulling him in for yet another kiss.

Chapter Text

Jungkook smiled as he got out of the cab, seeing his boyfriend stand near the restaurant. Taehyung instantly moved toward JK and as the two met, they wrapped their arms around each other. JK couldn’t help but breathe in deeply as the familiar and intoxicating scent of Taehyung filled his senses.

“Hi baby,” Jungkook murmured next to Tae’s ear before brushing a kiss to Tae’s cheek. “I’m so sorry I’m late.”
“It’s okay, handsome, your meeting ran late, you told me so I didn’t mind waiting a little longer.”
“Well, I don’t like being late to see you.”
“Okay then, you’re forgiven for being late, is that better?”

Jungkook chuckled as the other man said that and he nodded his head a little before allowing Taehyung to lead the way into the restaurant. Once indoors, Jungkook took off his jacket, watching as Taehyung did the same with his. They handed their outerwear off before being led into the restaurant. This was a place Jungkook had never visited, he didn’t even know of its existence before Taehyung told him. The decor was rather muted but clearly luxurious, each table having white linen cloths covering them and there were leather and velvet chairs and sofas to go with the tables.

“You weren’t kidding when you said it was a fancy place,” Jungkook commented as they sat down at their reserved table. “I feel like I should have worn a suit.”
“You look incredible just the way you are… that black turtle neck suits you very, very well. I also love that you’re in slacks and not your usual jeans.”
“Yeah well, when my boyfriend tells me he’s taking me somewhere very nice, I dress up.”
“You’re stunning,” Tae said with a soft smile, reaching over the table to take JK’s hand in his.
“Says you… you keep blowing me away with how you can make anything look so good. That suit jacket looks like it was tailored just for you. And don’t even get me started on the pants and the shirt…”
“I almost feel like I should apologize for dressing up?” Tae said, grinning as he was clearly not being serious.
“Dork.”
“Nerd.” As Tae said that, Jungkook ended up laughing.
“How was your day at work then? Any tears? Fights?”
“Nah, everything was all calm today. But I only had three classes. What about you?”
“Insanely busy. Meeting after meeting. The company is opening up a new branch in Paris so there’s a lot of discussions going on.”
“Paris… does that mean you’re…” Tae looked very concerned and JK immediately shook his head.
“No, no, no, I’m not going to Paris. I’m staying right here.”
“Oh thank god for that!”
“So you want me around a while longer, huh?” JK said with a soft grin.
“A while? Yeah, that’s an understatement.”
“Yeah, you’re not getting rid of me any time soon, I promise.”
“Good because I’d hate to have to find someone new to date who has a cute dog that I can take care of,” Tae said with a shit-eating grin causing Jungkook to laugh out loud.
“Stop being such an ass.”
“Never!” Tae laughed, lifting their joined hands to press a kiss to JK’s hand.

The two ordered their food before going back to talking about this and that. Jungkook loved how he and Tae were able to switch between being silly and serious, talking about a wide range of topics. The fact that they’d now been seeing each other for three months was amazing. In a way, JK felt like they’d dated forever but in another way it felt like they were just starting out. Taehyung still made JK feel like he had butterflies in his stomach and that was something he’d never had before.

“Hi Jungkook,” a new voice was heard and as JK looked up, he ended up groaning.
“Oh no…”
“Honey? The table is rea- oh hi!” Jin exclaimed as he came up to Namjoon and saw JK and Tae.
“Hi,” Tae offered with a smile.
“No, no, don’t talk to them!” JK said before groaning again as Jin’s eyes widened in delight.
“I’m being nice! You’re supposed to be nice to your boyfriend’s friends, you know?” Tae chuckled.
“Oh, like Hobi was so nice to me?”
“That was before we started dating, you dork,” Tae laughed.
“You do realize we’re not disappearing just because you’re not looking at us, right?” Namjoon said with a soft grin.
“Why are you here?” Jungkook grumbled.
“Date night. Jin booked us a table here earlier today.”
“Earlier today? I booked this table almost a month ago!” Taehyung exclaimed.
“Minor celebrity,” JK muttered, nodding toward Jin.
“Minor? Excuse me! I have a single on the top 50 on iTunes,” Jin said, looking quite offended.
“Yes, fine, you’re huge, the most popular singer in the world.”
“Don’t be such a smart ass, Jungkookie, it’s not becoming of a gentleman,” Jin chided before turning to talk to the waiter.
“He’s a gentleman? That’s news to me,” Tae said and Jungkook’s jaw dropped before he glared at his boyfriend.
“You’re supposed to be on my side!”
“Move,” Jin said as he turned back to them.
“Move?” Jungkook said.
“Yes, move to sit next to your boyfriend.”
“Why?”
“Because me and Joonie are sitting here,” Jin said with a bright grin.
“Why?”
“You’re not getting out of a double date this time!” Jin said as he more or less pulled JK out of his seat.
“The last two times you canceled, not me and Tae!” JK said immediately as he sat down next to Taehyung.
“Semantics! You’ve been postponing this double date far too long,” Jin said as he and Namjoon settled opposite Tae and JK.
“Hi Taehyung… I can call you that, right?” Namjoon asked with a smile.
“Definitely. Hi Namjoon,” Tae said.
“Yeah, he’s not Mr. Kim right now, thank you very much,” Jungkook said with a grimace.

The four settled in and Jin talked up a storm as expected. He went on about Sophie’s dance recital and then about his album before moving on to the fact that Namjoon’s company had just gotten a contract with Nike. Once they’d gotten their food, Namjoon asked JK about the meetings he’d had today.

“So, does that mean you’re going to Paris?”
“Nope, I’m staying right here.”
“Especially since you have quite the incentive to stay, huh?” Namjoon said with a grin.
“Exactly, no way I’m going anywhere,” JK said and Namjoon barked out a laugh.
“Wow, congrats Tae, you’ve officially made JK want to stay in a place for more than a year,” Namjoon said.
“While I do appreciate that, Jungkook did stay in New York for a year and a half before moving here,” Tae said.
“Yeah, but that was because the company needed him to stay. Now, he’s staying for a totally different reason.”
“Will you shut up?” Jungkook groaned.
“I think it’s cute,” Jin said with a grin.
“See, this is why I didn’t want to double date with these two,” Jungkook said to Tae who, in turn, chuckled.
“They’re not scaring me off, if you’re concerned about that,” Tae offered at the same time as he pressed his leg against JK’s under the table and JK smiled softly at his boyfriend.
“I’m glad you two found each other,” Namjoon said. “I’ve never seen JK as happy as he is nowadays.”
“Will you stop embarrassing me?!” JK exclaimed, his cheeks turning a light pink.
“Never.”
“So, JK tells me Jin was dating someone else when you started flirting?” Tae said, quickly turning the tables and making Namjoon splutter.
“You told him that?!”
“He’s my boyfriend, we talk about everything,” JK offered with a little shrug, secretly thrilled at Tae’s ability to say the right things.
“So… how did you steal Jin away from his boyfriend then?” Tae asked Namjoon.
“I didn’t?”
“Uh yeah… I think you did since you’re married and have a kid.”
“Stephen and I weren’t happy,” Jin offered. “And Namjoon didn’t steal me. I’m not a thing.”
“Of course not, but he must have done something to make you realize the grass was greener on the other side?”

Next to Tae, JK was grinning like a fool. It was very evident that Namjoon and Jin were much more focused on answering Tae’s questions than anything else. Of course, Tae already knew just how the two had met but for now, he was pretending like he didn’t. Jungkook honestly couldn’t believe how easily Tae fit into his life as well as also being able to handle NamJin like a champ.

“I know you’re both Sophie’s parents but… did you adopt her when she was a few years old?” Taehyung asked.
“No, I came in a little later. Joonie had her when she was born.”
“That makes it sound like Namjoon was pregnant,” JK commented with a grin.
“Shush!” Jin said, swatting at JK’s arm.
“Well… I had always wanted a child but being gay… well, I applied to adopt and went through some insanely long interviews, background checks etc. etc,” Namjoon said.
“I can imagine it was very expensive too?” Tae asked.
“It was. Then I got approved as an adoptive parent and was told it could take years before I could have a child. But then, suddenly, Sophie came.”
“Her mom tragically died in a car accident shortly after Sophie was born and Sophie was left all alone with no relatives,” Jin said.
“What about the biological dad?”
“Anonymous sperm donor. Social services did extensive checks on the mother’s background and she was all alone. Maybe that was why she wanted to have a kid? She had friends, yes, but none of them were interested in a child.”
“I’m so glad you got her,” Taehyung offered with a warm smile. “It’s clear you love her beyond belief.”
“She’s our everything,” Jin said with a bright smile. “When Namjoon and I married, he asked if I wanted to adopt Sophie as well. I didn’t hesitate for a second.”
“Yeah, I knew Jin was the only man for me and of course I wanted him to be Sophie’s daddy.”
“I’m actually curious about that… How did you decide who’s dad and who’s daddy?” Tae asked.
“It just kinda happened? Joon always called himself dad when talking to her and I started saying that I was her daddy… she took to it quickly.”
“And the first time Sophie called Jin daddy he cried for an hour!” Jungkook offered with a grin.
“Oh shush!” Jin swatted at JK’s arm again.
“Like you were any better when Sophie called you uncle?” Namjoon retorted.
“I didn’t cry!”
“Yes, you did.”
“I did not!”
“You did. Don’t think you excusing yourself to go to the bathroom fooled me,” Namjoon said with a shit-eating grin.
“I hate you so much,” JK muttered.
“I know, I know, you tell me all the time. Yet, you still hang out with me.”

Next to Jungkook, Tae was barely holding back his laughter, clearly enjoying the interaction a whole lot between the best friends. Jungkook ended up swatting at Tae’s thigh, scrunching his nose at his boyfriend who then ended up bursting into laughter.

“Stop laughing at me!” Jungkook whined.
“I’m sorry but you’re beyond adorable,” Tae giggled, wrapping an arm around Jungkook’s shoulders and pulling him closer.
“Taehyung…” JK whined yet again and both Namjoon and Jin ended up laughing.
“Oh my god, I’ve never heard you whine before!” Namjoon chuckled. “Nor have I ever seen you be so pliable.”
“Fuck off!” JK muttered as he leaned into his boyfriend.
“Yeah, you saying that while you’re snuggling your boyfriend doesn’t really work,” Jin said with a grin.
“This is why I did not want a double date,” JK said to his boyfriend.
“I’ve got you, gorgeous,” Tae whispered in Jungkook’s ear before turning to Namjoon. “So, you ran out of JK’s house before I could give you all the details of how amazing JK is in bed.”

Namjoon, who was taking a sip of his wine, ended up choking on it and began coughing violently. Jungkook rested a hand on Tae’s knee, giving it a squeeze to show that he was approving of what Tae was doing.

“We’re in a restaurant!” Jin said, looking rather shocked at Tae’s words.
“So? You wanted a double date and Namjoon left the house before I could tell him about how hot JK is and what an amazing lover he is,” Tae continued, a shit-eating grin on his lips.
“I hate you both so much,” Namjoon grumbled. “Fine, we’re not bullying you anymore. Will you please not tell us any more intimate details?”
“Well, you said please… babe, what do you think?” Tae said, turning to JK.
“Yeah, he did say please… but it’s really too bad, I imagine you two could learn a lot from Tae.”
“Oh god, please stop!” Jin wailed, holding his hands over his ears.

Both JK and Tae laughed heartily at Namjoon and Jin’s reactions. But eventually the two relented and promised the married couple to play nice, as long as NamJin were nice. Once they’d gotten their food, everyone was utterly focused on the delicious dishes. Talking resumed only once they’d nearly finished and it was as JK leaned back in his seat that he saw Namjoon staring at him.

“What?” Jungkook asked with a raised eyebrow.
“Huh? Nothing,” Namjoon said, looking away from JK.
“Hyung, what?” JK switched to Korean. “I can tell it’s something.”
“I’m just a little confused,” Namjoon said, also speaking Korean.
“It’s not nice to talk in a language that your husband doesn’t really understand!” Jin exclaimed.
“Shush!” JK said, waving a hand at Jin before turning his attention back to his best friend.
“Should I leave?” Tae asked in Korean as well. “Or cover my ears?”
“No, of course not,” JK smiled, taking Tae’s hand in his. “Namjoon was just staring at me a lot and I want to know what it is.”
“It’s your chest,” Namjoon said with a sheepish grin, still speaking Korean.
“My chest?” Jungkook’s eyebrows were nearly up in his hairline. “What about it?”
“That turtleneck is quite tight, you know?”
“Yeah, I know… why do you think I wore it?”

By now Taehyung was looking back and forth between Namjoon and Jungkook while Jin was sulking at not understanding what was going on.

“Are you flirting with my boyfriend?” Taehyung asked.
“No! Oh god no! Eww!” Namjoon grimaced.
“Thanks for that,” JK said with an eye roll.
“Oh… oh! I get it!” Taehyung exclaimed as he looked at JK’s chest as well.
“Get what?” Jungkook said, still feeling rather confused.
“I think your best friend is distracted by the fact that the turtleneck is very tight over your chest… and I would say you’re not wearing a protective cover over a certain part,” Taehyung said and JK looked down at his own chest.
“Oh… yeah, no, I’m not,” Jungkook chuckled, crossing his arms over his chest.
“Namjoon! Stop speaking Korean! You know I don’t really understand it!” Jin was pouting at his husband.
“Sorry, I didn’t want to make JK uncomfortable in a public setting,” Namjoon said, switching back to English.
“I think the only one who might be uncomfortable is Taehyung,” Jungkook said with a little smirk as Tae shifted next to him, clearly trying not to stare at JK’s chest.
“Shut up,” Tae muttered. “You just… you’ve had it covered for the past month.”
“Had what covered?” Jin asked, looking and sounding utterly confused.
“My piercing,” Jungkook said.
“Your piercing? You’ve had your piercings for years, you don’t have them covered?” Jin was still very confused.
“A new one… well, a new-old one,” Namjoon said with a soft chuckle. “I thought you took it out over a year ago?”
“I did but I got it re-done a month and a half ago,” Jungkook said. “Taehyung babe, stop staring at my chest.”
“Sorry,” Tae blushed before wrapping an arm around JK’s shoulders, pulling him in closer and whispering. “Is it healed?”
“Mhmm,” JK replied, delighted as Taehyung instantly bit down on his lower lip.
“Oh! You re-pierced your nipple?” Jin asked, having finally caught on to what piercing they were talking about.
“Yeah and it’s fully healed now.”
“And that's why your boyfriend now looks like he wants to eat you,” Namjoon said with a soft chuckle.
“Shut up,” Tae muttered before burying his nose in JK’s hair.
“Remember when we were that way, Jin?” Namjoon said with a soft smile.
“Were?! Namjoon Kim! Shame on you!” Jin looked very offended.
“Babe, I just mean that…” Namjoon was rather flustered now and both Tae and JK were amused.
“Don’t talk to me until you apologize,” Jin said, turning his head away from his husband.
“Jin, baby… you know I didn’t mean it like that,” Namjoon said. “I’m sorry, angel, I really am.”
“You’re terrible,” Jin muttered but JK could see there was a smile on Jin’s lips.
“He’s playing you,” Jungkook stated and Jin gasped, turning his eyes to JK.
“Traitor!”
“I’m still sorry though,” Namjoon said, taking Jin’s left hand and lifting it to his lips, kissing his ring finger.
“Joonie…” Jin sighed with a goofy smile on his lips.
“What you and I have is special, you know? We know each other so well and we just… we work, you know? I love you so much,” Namjoon said.
“I’m gonna be sick,” JK groaned.
“Shut up, Jungkook!” Jin and Namjoon exclaimed in unison, making Taehyung laugh.
“They’re nauseating,” JK said to Taehyung, completely ignoring the married couple.
“Like you’re any better?!” Namjoon said. “You and Tae can’t keep your hands off each other for more than a minute and don’t think I haven’t noticed the fact that Tae’s had his leg on top of yours on and off throughout dinner:”
“Oh…” Tae said, blushing a fair amount.
“He’s freakishly observant,” JK said. “Jin’s even worse. Unless he’s distracted by talking about everything and anything, which he always does.”
“Hey!” Jin pouted.
“You do,” JK said with a shrug.
“It’s one of the many reasons why I love you,” Namjoon said and Jin’s pout immediately disappeared, replaced by a smile.

Jin then leaned over and kissed Namjoon softly. Jungkook scrunched his nose in disgust before groaning as he saw Namjoon cup Jin’s cheek, kissing him once again.

“I think that’s our cue to leave,” Jungkook said with a grimace. “Because once they start, they’re not stopping.”
“Being romantic isn’t a bad thing!” Jin said as he pulled back from the kiss.
“I never said it was! I just mean that you two get so nauseatingly romantic when you get going that it makes me sick. And I don’t wanna puke up the delicious dinner I’ve had,” JK said with a cheeky grin.
“You’re awful,” Jin muttered. “So please leave.”
“We’ll get dessert to go,” Jungkook said with a grin as he got to his feet.
“Oh, we really are leaving?” Taehyung said, quickly getting up as well.
“Yeah, I’m serious, they’re only going to get worse.”
“You are, literally, the worst friend in the world.”
“I love you too, Namjoon. Bye bye!” Jungkook grinned before taking Tae’s hand and heading over to where they could pay.
“I’m paying today,” Tae said.
“But…”
“No, this was my idea and my doing.”
“But it’s really expensive…” Jungkook said.
“You can pay for dessert if you’re serious about taking it to go?” Tae suggested and JK smiled.
“I am and I’ll happily pay. What do you want?”
“I saw they had a pear and hazelnut tart, it looked amazing,” Tae said with a smile.
“Okay,” Jungkook said before ordering said tart along with a slice of chocolate cake.

As they waited for their dessert to be given to them, Jungkook pulled Taehyung a little closer, smiling softly at the older man. Tae leaned in to brush a soft kiss to JK’s cheek before giving his hand a squeeze.

“Thank you for a wonderful date… One third of the company was incredible,” JK said with a soft grin.
“You’re such a liar, babe. You enjoyed the double date,” Tae chuckled.
“A little maybe. But don’t-”
“I’m not telling them, I promise.”
“You’re getting very good at predicting what I’m going to say… should I be concerned that I’m predictable?” Jungkook asked.
“Maybe?” Tae said, laughing as JK gave his side a pinch.
“Don’t be mean to your boyfriend!”
“You asked the question!”
“Yeah well… ugh!” JK muttered, pressing his face against the side of Tae’s neck. “You’re horrible sometimes.”
“I might be, but you’re stuck with me.”
“I am, yes. Such a terrible, terrible thing… mhm, so terrible,” Jungkook said, pulling back with a grin on his face.
“I can see that you’re truly suffering,” Tae laughed. “Are we heading back to your place?”
“I was thinking we should, yeah… if that’s alright with you?”
“Definitely.”

Once they had their desserts, the two left the restaurant, Tae flagging a cab and giving them the address for Jungkook’s place. Jungkook found himself leaning his head on Tae’s shoulder as the car drove and he couldn’t help but let out a content sigh. He smiled as he felt Tae press a kiss to the top of his head.

“Thank you for an amazing dinner, Taehyung,” Jungkook said softly.
“You’re welcome,” Tae said.
“And now that we’ve had that double date, Jin will hopefully stop annoying us.”
“Do you really think so?”
“No. But I’m hoping!” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle.
“Speaking of which… Hoseok would like to invite us over for dinner sometime?”
“To his place?”
“Yeah, he’s got a great place, it even has a pool!”
“Wow, he’s rich I guess?”
“Kinda? He inherited quite a lot of money from his grandfather a few years ago and he works really hard. And he’s quite frugal? I mean, when he bought the house I almost passed out as I never would have expected him to buy that kind of a house.”
“That sounds amazing though, I’m glad he bought a nice house,” Jungkook said.
“Would you want to go though?”
“Yeah, definitely! I like him! And I’d like to get to know him better.”
“Not so scary any more, huh?” Tae chuckled.
“No! Well… just a little? In the studio when he’s leading the class, he’s so strict.”
“Because he’s like you.”
“Like me?”
“Yeah, a perfectionist.”
“True,” JK agreed with a grin.

Once they’d gotten back to JK’s place, JK wasted no time in taking Jang-mi out for her evening walk, asking Tae to serve up their dessert and make sure that Jang-mi had her dinner served when they got back.

As Jungkook returned, he smiled as he took notice of the way Taehyung had turned off the lights in the kitchen, lighting candles instead. JK unclipped Jang-mi’s leash and she immediately moved to the kitchen to have her dinner.

“Welcome home,” Taehyung grinned as JK stepped into the kitchen.
“Thank you,” JK chuckled as he saw Tae seated at the table.
“I hope you didn’t mind me making the evening a little more romantic?”
“Definitely not, I love it.”

Tae then extended his hand to Jungkook, pulling him down in the chair next to him. It was kind of hilarious to JK how neither of them wanted to sit opposite each other. They seemed to always sit right next to one another, with the exception of when they were at a restaurant.

“I closed the bedroom door by the way… but I opened the guest bedroom instead,” Tae said as JK settled down, immediately throwing his leg over Tae’s.
“Oh?”
“Yeah… I mean, I know Jang usually goes to your bed after dinner…”
“She does.”
“I don’t want an audience…” Taehyung murmured, a faint blush on his cheeks.
“But I thought you liked being watched?”
“Oh fuck off! How long is that going to be a thing?”
“For as long as we’re together,” Jungkook grinned.
“Oh god… that’s gonna be a very long time then,” Tae said with a soft chuckle but he was clearly being serious as well.
“Mhm, very, very long indeed.”
“Honestly though? I like the idea of being watched by you but not by your dog, okay?” Tae admitted and Jungkook ended up biting on his lower lip at the images that flooded his brain.
“Jang-mi can sleep in the guest bedroom,” Jungkook stated immediately, knowing full well that the dog didn’t care, she just wanted a comfy bed. “The images in my head right now… I don’t know how I’m going to be able to focus on eating.”
“Well, how about I bring up Namjoon and Jin being all cute together?”
“Oh god,” JK groaned before chuckling. “That did the trick, for now.”

The two then began eating their desserts. After a couple of bites, Jungkook announced that it was the best chocolate cake he’d ever eaten. Tae then promptly demanded a taste as well, also offering up a taste of his own dessert. Jungkook happily shared a piece of his before eating a bite of Tae’s, both agreeing that the desserts were some of the best they’d ever tasted.

Once they’d finished, Jungkook put the plates in the dishwasher before moving to straddle Taehyung’s lap.

“Well, hello,” Tae said with a soft grin.
“Hi,” JK chuckled as he moved to run a hand through the older man’s hair. “So… I guess you didn’t mind that I took the band-aid off my nipple then?”
“No… well, kind of? You could have warned me in advance, you know?”
“And ruin the surprise? No way. Plus, having you staring at my chest like you did throughout dinner? That was awesome.”
“You’re evil.”
“I might be… but I did keep my promise to you to keep it covered until it was fully healed.”
“And I am very grateful for that because having that in front of me when we’re having sex was… distracting to say the least. Especially since I couldn’t touch it at all!”
“Oh you poor, tortured soul.”
“Stop!” Tae laughed, swatting gently at JK’s arm. “Is it really healed though?”
“Yeah, it is. It was probably okay about a week ago but I wanted to make completely sure.”
“Because you knew I wouldn’t be able to keep my hands off?”
“And your mouth,” Jungkook said with a soft grin.
“Oh… I can do that?”
“Mhm, I told you I made sure it’s properly healed and then some.”
“Maybe we should move this to the bedroom then?” Tae asked.
“Oh? You’re not interested in kitchen sex then?”
“Jungkook!” Tae laughed, shaking his head a little. “Jang’s in the house with us.”
“So? She’s asleep in bed. For someone who likes being watched, you’re very particular about who watches you.”
“Oh fuck you.”
“Yes please,” Jungkook said with a smirk as Tae choked on air.
“Bedroom, now.”
“Bossy.”
“You love it.”
“Always.”

Jungkook then climbed off Tae’s lap, tugging the man up as well before he pulled him in for a sweet kiss. Then he led the way out of the kitchen, through the hallway and into the bedroom, chuckling as Tae closed the door behind him.

“Take your shirt and pants off and get on the bed, Taehyung,” JK said.
“Oh? Bossing me around, huh?” Tae said with a soft chuckle. “I thought you wanted to be fucked?”
“I do, that hasn’t changed. But you are going to do what I say first.”
“And if I don’t?”
“Then I’ll be wearing this turtleneck the whole time.”
“You wouldn’t?”
“I most definitely would. Strip, baby.”

After he said that, JK leaned against the dresser, eyes focused on Taehyung. Much to JK’s delight, Tae did begin to unbutton his shirt, his eyes focused on JK. It didn’t take long before Taehyung shrugged off his shirt, letting it fall to the floor. Jungkook couldn’t help but bite on his lower lip as he drank in the sight of his boyfriend.

“Continue,” JK encouraged.
“Baby…” Tae whined softly.
“Do you want to get your hands and mouth on me?” JK asked and Tae nodded. “Then strip. Now.”
“Unfair.”
“I’ll make it more even then,” Jungkook said before he tugged his turtleneck out of his pants, pulling it over his head and discarding it on the floor.
“You have a ring in it?!” Taehyung’s voice sounded rather strained.
“Mhm, I switched it out last week.”
“Fucking hell…”
“Strip, Taehyung-ah,” Jungkook said.

Much to Jungkook’s delight, Taehyung immediately undid his belt, opening his pants and pushing them down over his hips before stepping out of them. Jungkook nodded his head in approval before nodding toward the bed, a jolt of arousal rushing through him as Taehyung immediately moved to lie down on the bed.

“I’d say someone’s a bit eager…” JK said as he moved over to the bed, skimming a hand over Taehyung’s tented boxers.
“Fuck… yeah… yeah, I am…”
“And why is that, hmm?”
“You.”
“Good… then you won’t have any trouble jerking off while I watch you.”

As JK had said that there was an almost immediate whimper from Taehyung. The noise trailed off into a breathy moan as Jungkook rubbed his boyfriend’s cock through his boxers.

“Jungkookie…”
“Are you telling me you can’t do it?”
“No… no, just… I thought I was fuck… fucking you…” Taehyung was clearly having trouble speaking properly as JK continued to brush his hand over his boyfriend’s arousal.
“You will… I just want to watch you first… and if you put on a really good show for me, I might even lick you clean.”
“Fuck…” Taehyung groaned loudly, hips pushing up against JK’s hand.
“Think you can do that, Taehyungie?”

Taehyung nodded and JK moved to kneel down on the bed next to Tae before leaning down to kiss him in a very hungry fashion. Then he moved to stand next to the bed again, hands moving to undo his belt and open his pants.

“Can… can you be on the bed with me?” Tae asked in a husky tone. “Please?”
“Of course,” JK said as he pushed his pants down, stepping out of them. “Take off your boxers, gorgeous.”

Taehyung shifted to slide his boxers down before settling back on the bed again. Almost immediately he moved once more, grabbing a few pillows and propping them up behind himself. Once Tae was fully settled, JK nudged the older man’s legs apart a little before kneeling in between his calves. One of JK’s hands moved to rest on Taehyung’s knee as he allowed his eyes to travel up his boyfriend’s body.

“You have my undivided attention, babe…” Jungkook said in a rather husky tone.
“Jungkook…” Tae breathed out as he wrapped a hand around his own cock.
“Just like that… let me see you. You are so gorgeous…”

Jungkook couldn’t tear his eyes away from his boyfriend right now as he began jerking off at a leisurely pace. The noises Tae let out definitely turned JK on further and he felt his own cock strain against the material of his underwear.

“JK… talk… talk to me… please…” Tae panted after a few minutes.
“What do you want me to say, baby?”
“A-anything… want to hear your voice…”
“How about I tell you how gorgeous you look right now, hmm? How much I love the fact that you’re doing this for me? How hard you make me? How much I can’t wait to have that big cock deep inside me?” JK said, his voice having turned rather deep as he stared at Tae.
“M-more… fuck…”

As Tae said that, JK couldn’t help but brush his hand up Tae’s leg, briefly skimming his balls before settling back down again. After that Jungkook began speaking about how much Tae was turning him on by doing this. He also went into great detail about what he was going to do to Taehyung once he’d gotten himself off. The way Tae responded to each word and the way he was continually moaning while working his hand over his cock was turning JK on beyond belief. It was also crystal clear that Tae was very aroused by all of this as well. It only took another few minutes before Taehyung gasped that he was close.

“Good… come on, baby, cum all over yourself for me…” JK said, his voice breathless.
“Jungkook… fuck… JK, I…” Tae groaned, eyes still focused on JK even if his eyelids fluttered closed every now and again.

As Taehyung’s eyes trailed down to JK’s chest, JK ended up hooking his pinkie in the nipple ring and tugging lightly on it. The reaction from Taehyung was delicious as the older man gasped before groaning loudly.

“Yeah… yeah, can’t wait to have you play with it… gonna feel so good,” Jungkook said.
“JK… I can’t… fuck… fuck, fucking…” Tae panted before he ended up throwing his head back on the bed, moaning loudly.
“That’s it… come on, baby… just like that.”

A few seconds later, Taehyung cried out Jungkook’s name as he reached his peak, spilling over his hand, stomach and chest. Jungkook couldn’t keep himself from groaning, pressing a hand to his own arousal just to get a little relief.

“Fucking hell…” Tae groaned as he allowed his hand to move away from his cock.
“I’ll say,” JK agreed, leaning down to kiss his way up Tae’s thigh before moving up to hover over his boyfriend. “Feels like it’s my birthday…”
“You’re a demon.”
“Maybe I am…”
“You are… no one has ever gotten me to do that before.”
“But I thought you liked being watched?” JK said with a little grin, easily catching Tae’s hand as he attempted to swat at JK.

Instead of actually saying anything else, JK moved to lick Tae’s index finger before slowly sucking it into his mouth. Taehyung, who was still breathing heavily, moaned low, his eyes focusing on what JK was doing. Jungkook then took his sweet time in making sure Tae’s hand was very clean, allowing his tongue to glide up and down his fingers and across his palm. Once he was satisfied with the hand being clean enough, he shifted to where he could press his lips to his boyfriend’s stomach.

“One day you’re going to kill me…” Taehyung panted out, eyes following JK’s every move.
“Not today though, I hope? Seeing as you promised you’d fuck me…”

A raspy chuckle escaped Tae as JK continued trailing his lips and tongue across the older man’s abs. While he had never been a huge fan of the taste of it, it was incredibly arousing and exhilarating to see the way his boyfriend was responding to everything that he did.

Eventually, Jungkook kissed his way up over Taehyung’s chest and up his neck, biting gently at his jaw before catching his earlobe between his teeth, giving a light tug.

“Kiss me,” Tae said and JK wasted no time as he captured his boyfriend’s lips in a passionate kiss.

One of Tae’s hands moved up Jungkook’s back and into his hair, fingers curling in it as they continued kissing. Suddenly JK found himself on his back, blinking up at his boyfriend who was now on top of him.

“I’d say I’m not the only one who enjoyed that…” Tae said as he shifted to sit right on top of JK’s length, causing the younger to gasp.
“Fuck no… definitely not. Hottest thing I’d ever seen… You think you’d wanna do that again someday for me?”
“I think I could be convinced, yes. As long as you return the favor?” Taehyung said as he leaned down to kiss over JK’s jaw and down his neck.
“I think that can be arranged,” Jungkook said before trailing off into a soft moan as Tae nipped gently at his neck.

Taehyung continued paying attention to Jungkook’s neck, making him moan and gasp every now and again. It was really unfair how easily Tae had figured out just how to touch him to get the most reactions. Of course, it wasn’t a bad thing really as Taehyung always made him feel the most amazing things.

“Get the lube and condoms, handsome,” Tae whispered against JK’s ear.

This time around it was JK who did exactly as Tae asked him to and in no time he was pulling his boyfriend in for another hungry kiss. As Tae’s hand curved around his leg, JK groaned, lifting his hips a little and then whimpering as the friction was nowhere near enough for him right now.

“Taehyungie…”
“Patience, babe… you’ll get what you want soon, I promise.”

Jungkook heard the lube open and it only took a while longer before he felt Tae’s finger press against him. Immediately, JK parted his legs further, showing he was very much on board with what the older man was doing.

“Are you sure your piercing is healed?” Tae asked as he nipped and kissed his way down Jungkook’s chest.
“Y-yes… fuck… yes, I’m s-sure,” JK moaned as Tae slowly pushed his finger inside.
“Tell me if something feels wrong?”
“Nothing wi-will feel wrong… fuck!” JK exclaimed the last word as Tae caught the nipple ring with his lips, tugging ever so lightly at it.
“You’re even more sensitive than usual,” Tae murmured before pushing his finger all the way in at the same time as he allowed his tongue to brush over the piercing.
“Fuck… fuck, Tae… please… yes…”
“No stopping me, huh?”
“Fuck no… been too horny for too long… need you i-inside me,” Jungkook moaned, finding it incredibly hard to get coherent words out as Tae continued his assault on JK’s body.
“You’ll get your wish soon, gorgeous… just want to play a little first,” Tae admitted as he caught the ring with his teeth, tugging just a touch harder and making JK arch beneath him.

At the moment Jungkook felt like he was going to lose his mind from what Taehyung was doing. Thankfully Tae seemed to know that JK didn’t want slow as he soon added a second finger, making Jungkook gasp out Tae’s name. The slight burn made JK’s arousal subside ever so slightly, which was a good thing as he was so damn worked up already. He felt as though he was going to explode the second Tae was inside him.

“Tae… Taehyung… just… fuck, please… I need…”
“I’m only up to two fingers,” Tae said, clearly understanding what JK wanted.
“Two’s enough! Need you inside me now,” JK moaned out, arching once more as Tae scissored his fingers while using his tongue to play with the piercing once more.
“Are you-”
“Yes, I’m sure!” Jungkook growled, fingers tangling in Tae’s hair, pulling at it.
“I love it when you’re desperate for me,” Tae said with a soft grin as he scissored his fingers in and out of JK a few more times.
“I’m always desperate for you,” JK panted, letting out a soft whine as Tae withdrew his fingers.
“Good… because I’m always desperate for you.”

Jungkook watched as Taehyung sat back in between his parted legs, quickly rolling the condom on and then adding even more lube. Just as JK was about to complain about Tae moving too slowly, the older man pushed two fingers back inside him again at the same time as he leaned over JK, catching his piercing with his teeth and tugging at it once more.

“Taehyung!” JK exclaimed.
“I’m not going to hurt you, no matter what,” Tae said as he scissored his fingers yet again.
“Please…”
“No. You always say that I’m big and you’re always so tight even when I’ve opened you up with three fingers.”
“Taehyungie…” JK whined.
“No. I love you and I’m not risking anything.”

As Tae said that, Jungkook found himself smiling a little before throwing his head back with a loud moan as Tae pressed against his prostate. All protest left Jungkook as Taehyung continued working him open with his fingers, only briefly adding a third before sliding them out.

“Tell me to stop if it hurts?” Taehyung said softly as he aligned himself.
“It won’t,” JK panted before rolling his eyes as Tae gave him a look. “Fine, yes, I’ll tell you.”
“That’s all I ask.”

Jungkook pressed his head back into the pillows as he felt his boyfriend slowly push inside him. The stretch and burn was more intense but JK welcomed it as it had his arousal dwindling just a touch. As JK looked up at his boyfriend, he could see that Tae was watching him closely.

“I’m fine, baby…” JK offered with a soft smile before moaning low as Tae pushed a little further inside him. “So good… you feel so fucking good…”
“So do you,” Tae said as he leaned over JK, capturing his lips in a soft kiss.

One of Jungkook’s hands tangled in Tae’s hair as they kissed and even if Tae was moving slowly, he was pushing deeper inside JK. Jungkook couldn’t get enough of the way Tae felt inside him, he loved it more than he could express. The fact that Taehyung was always so attentive to JK’s every need made the younger man love him even more. As far as Jungkook was concerned, Tae was the perfect boyfriend.

As Tae had buried himself fully, he paused, pressing several kisses down JK’s neck before bending a little further to catch the piercing with his teeth again. JK sucked in a harsh breath as waves of pleasure coursed through him, his fingers combing gently through Tae’s hair.

“Baby…”
“I can’t move yet,” Tae said, kissing his way back up JK’s chest and neck before looking down at him.
“Told you I’m fine,” JK said with a little pout.
“Oh no, babe, you’re not the one I’m concerned about. It’s me,” Tae admitted with a sheepish smile.

The realization that his boyfriend was close from just this had Jungkook’s arousal increase ten-fold. Jungkook beckoned his boyfriend closer before pulling him in for a passionate kiss. As the kiss ended, JK looked up at his boyfriend.

“We can always go again, you know?” JK said with a smirk as he clenched around his boyfriend, delighting in the way Tae’s breath stuttered.
“Fuck… you’re a fucking demon, Jungkook…” Tae groaned.
“You mean you don’t want to fuck me again later?”
“Of course I do!”
“Then you should move. Now.”

Just as Jungkook was about to urge his boyfriend on again, Tae pulled his hips back before thrusting right back in again. Instead of actually managing to speak, all that came out of Jungkook’s mouth was a strangled groan. He pressed his head back against the pillows as he lifted his legs to wrap around Tae’s waist, encouraging him on. It took Taehyung a few moments before he found an even pace but once he did, both men were moaning and panting over and over again.

“I’m gonna cum… fuck,” JK gasped after a few minutes.
“Me too,” Tae groaned.

One of Tae’s hands moved up from JK’s hips and suddenly JK felt his nipple ring being tugged at lightly. The sensation had lightning rushing through him and with one more thrust from Tae, JK shouted his boyfriend’s name as he spilled in between them, his body shuddering.

“Oh… oh fucking… fuck!” Taehyung exclaimed as he slammed into JK again.

JK groaned as he felt his boyfriend pulse inside him and his legs tightened further around Taehyung, riding out his orgasm while thoroughly enjoying the way Taehyung’s hips stuttered as he climaxed as well.

As Taehyung collapsed on top of Jungkook, the younger man’s legs slipped down, simply moving to bracket Tae’s hips. Jungkook soon found himself combing his fingers through Taehyung’s hair, listening to both of their labored breathing.

“I love you,” Jungkook murmured softly next to Tae’s ear after a few minutes.
“And I love you,” Tae responded softly, shifting to slide out of JK before laying down on top of him, his face pressing against Jungkook’s neck.

Jungkook continued to running his fingers through his boyfriend’s hair, thoroughly enjoying the way he could hear Tae let out soft noises that showed how much he was enjoying it. As Tae lifted his head to look down at JK, the two ended up grinning at each other.

“I’m so glad we met,” Tae said before leaning down to kiss Jungkook in a tender fashion.
“Me too… I’m not gonna let you go,” Jungkook murmured softly before gently rolling them both on to their sides, throwing his leg over Tae’s hip.
“Just let me get rid of the condom, yeah?” Tae said and JK pouted. “I’ll hurry back, I promise.”
“Okay, fine.”

Jungkook then watched as Taehyung moved to discard the used condom in the trash can before he crawled right back into bed, snuggling in close as JK put his leg over Tae’s hip once more.

“I know we need to shower but I just want to stay here for a while longer.”
“I will stay right here for as long as I’m allowed,” Tae said, his hand moving gently over JK’s arm and down over his side.
“A very long time then.”
“I like the sound of that.”
“Me too.”

While Jungkook knew they really did need to shower, he wasn’t particularly interested in moving away from his boyfriend for a single second. It was clear that Taehyung was feeling very much the same thing. JK fumbled to find the blanket he knew was behind him and he pulled it over them, shushing Tae as he mentioned the shower again.

“Shower later, nap first,” Jungkook said as he nestled in closer, resting his forehead against Tae’s.
“Okay,” Tae agreed as he pressed a soft kiss to JK’s lips before resuming resting his head against JK’s. “I love you, Jungkookie.”
“Love you too, Taehyungie…” Jungkook said, delighting in the way Tae’s face lit up at the nickname.

Chapter Text

“Are you sure we shouldn’t have brought anything?” Jungkook asked as they got out of the cab in front of Hobi’s place.
“Yes, I’m 100% sure,” Tae replied. “110% too for that matter. Hoseok’s not big on wine or flowers.”
“It feels weird not to bring something.”
“It’s fine, babe, I promise you.”
“Okay, if you say so.”

Taehyung chuckled as he took JK’s hand, leading the way to the front door. After knocking on the door, Tae pulled Jungkook closer, pressing a kiss to the younger man’s lips. A moment later the door swung open to reveal a smiling Hobi.

“Welcome!”
“Hey Hobi,” Jungkook smiled before letting out a surprised noise as the older man suddenly hugged him.
“Hi Jungkook, I’m so glad you wanted to come.”
“Of course! Thank you for inviting me.”
“Of course! I want to get to know you better, you know?” Hobi smiled.
“The feeling’s mutual,” Jungkook said with a warm smile.
“What am I? Chopped liver?” Tae asked, causing Hobi to laugh out loud.
“You know the door’s always open for you, even though you hardly ever come by nowadays.”
“Which is probably my fault… sorry,” JK offered.
“Pfft, it’s all good! I’m glad Tae met someone, it was about time.”

As Hobi closed the door, Tae and JK got out of their shoes and Tae dropped the backpack he was carrying by the door. In no time, Hobi was giving Jungkook the tour of the house. The place was pretty big and was decorated mostly in white with green accents. It was clear that a lot of thought had gone into every part of the decor and Jungkook was definitely a fan of it all.

“Tae says you have a pool?”
“I do, yes. You’re more than welcome to have a swim in it later. After dinner.”
“Speaking of which, it smells absolutely amazing in here,” Jungkook offered with a warm smile.
“I’m glad to hear that. I hope you like lasagna?”
“Yes, I definitely do. I don’t make it for myself a lot but I thoroughly enjoy it.”
“Taehyung tells me you’re a great cook,” Hobi smiled as he led the way to the kitchen where Tae was currently seated on one of the stools by the kitchen island.
“I’m okay in the kitchen.”
“Don’t be modest! Tae told me you made him jangjorim and that it was the best one he’d ever had.”
“It really was,” Tae said with a bright smile as he reached out a hand to JK.
“Some dishes are easier to make,” JK offered with a little shrug as he took Tae’s hand.
“Babe? Every single dish you’ve cooked for me has been some of the best I’d ever had,” Tae said as he tugged JK closer.
“You’re terribly biased,” Jungkook chuckled as he wrapped an arm around Tae’s shoulders.
“I’d say he’s not actually,” Hobi said with a grin as he took the lasagna out of the oven. “He’s ridiculously picky with food.”
“I am not!”
“You are. I mean, you can’t handle anything spicy, anything with coffee in it you hate…”
“And vegetables,” JK added.
“I like veggies!” Tae protested.
“A select few, yes,” Hobi laughed.
“Don’t gang up on me,” Tae muttered with a pout as he buried his face in JK’s t-shirt and Jungkook immediately ran a hand through his boyfriend’s hair.
“Sorry, baby,” Jungkook chuckled before kissing the top of Tae’s head. “It’s too easy though.”
“Hey!” Tae pinched JK’s side, making him squirm.
“Do you want wine for dinner?” Hobi asked.
“Nah, just sparkling water,” Tae said.
“JK?”
“Sparkling water if you have it?”
“Coming right up! Please, take a seat at the table,” Hobi said with a bright smile.

Once they were all seated, they wasted no time in digging into the food. Jungkook found that he loved the lasagna that Hobi had made and went in for seconds as Hobi encouraged them to eat more. Conversation was easy and JK found that Hobi was smart as well as ridiculously funny, making both him and Tae laugh out loud several times. It was also amazing to see the way Tae and Hobi got along, how they had a certain kind of banter. JK noticed that Hobi was quite silly as well which made him even more likable.

As they’d finished their food, Jungkook immediately moved to clear the dishes, having noticed the older man had a dishwasher. He moved to put all the plates on the kitchen counter before grabbing the left-over lasagna as well.

“You really don’t h-” Hobi said.
“You can protest all you want, he’ll still do it,” Tae said with an affectionate smile.
“Like you, you mean?” Hobi chuckled.
“Yeah, except I allow you to help out. JK will not allow it.”
“I would! But you two are talking and you should continue to do that,” Jungkook said with a smile.
“I can talk and clear the table at the same time,” Hobi said with a soft chuckle.
“Let me do this. You can just tell me what to do with the lasagna, the rest I can handle.”
“You know, guests aren’t supposed to do the housework.”
“Shush!” Jungkook said, making Hobi laugh out loud.
“Told you, he’s not going to accept help.”

After Hobi had relented, allowing JK to clear the table, JK quickly got everything put away where it was supposed to be. As he closed the dishwasher, Hobi and Tae got up.

“Thank you, Jungkook, you really didn’t have to do all that,” Hobi said softly.
“I wanted to,” JK said with a warm smile.
“He’s a keeper,” Hobi said, nudging Tae.
“I know he is,” Tae smiled.
“How about we head out back? You can take a dip in the pool if you want?” Hobi suggested.
“I’d love to! Tae, where did you put the backpack?”
“By the door. The bathroom’s right next to the front door, you can change there. Me and Hoseok will head outside.”

10 minutes later Jungkook stepped outside, into the warm sunshine, smiling as he saw Tae and Hobi sitting by the pool, dipping their feet in it.

“Am I the only one swimming?” Jungkook asked as he moved over to them.
“I’m not swimming again, I swam a few laps earlier today,” Hobi said.
“I’ll join you soon, I promise,” Tae said with a soft smile.
“Are you swimming with your clothes on, JK?” Hobi asked with a chuckle.
“No, I’m taking my tee off. I just wore it to make sure Tae wasn’t going to drown himself when I came out.”
“What?” Hobi laughed, clearly confused by what JK said.
“You’ll see,” JK offered with a grin.
“Excuse me? I can control myself!” Tae sounded very offended.

As Taehyung had said that, Jungkook smirked before pulling off his t-shirt, discarding it on the nearby chair. Once he turned back, Taehyung had gone quiet, pretty much frozen in place as he stared at Jungkook. Next to him, Hobi was also staring before he took notice of his best friend’s reaction. Then he started laughing heartily.

“Oh shut up!” Tae pouted, clearly unable to take his eyes off Jungkook.
“I like your tattoos. Did the piercing hurt?” Hobi asked.
“Thanks. And nah, not too bad. Tae, you’re staring,” JK said, an amused smile on his lips.
“Shut up,” Tae muttered.
“This is why I wanted to make sure you weren’t in the water when I took my clothes off,” JK grinned.
“I… it’s… I’m not used to it yet! And I haven’t seen you in two days,” Tae added, pouting in the most adorable way.
“Used to it?” Hobi asked.
“My piercing. I didn’t have it when Tae and I met. It’s only been properly healed for about a week and a half now.”
“I see, so that’s why my best friend is about a second away from drooling,” Hobi said before laughing as Tae smacked his arm.
“Cut it out!” Tae grumbled, pout still in place. “Whatever. I’m gonna go change.”
“Never seen you this flustered before,” Hobi laughed once again and Tae shoved him lightly before getting to his feet.
“I hate you both,” Tae muttered.
“I love you too!” Hobi and JK said in unison before they both started laughing.
“You know, you’re really good for Taehyung,” Hobi said as Tae had left to change into swim shorts.
“Yeah?”
“Yeah, I mean… his previous boyfriend… you know about him?”
“Rai, yeah, I know about him.”
“Yeah, they were together for several years but I have honestly never seen Tae this happy.”
“Really?”
“Yeah, really. You make him laugh more than anyone I’ve ever seen.”
“Well, you make him laugh more,” JK said with a warm smile.
“Possibly. But he doesn’t get all heart-eyes whenever I walk into a room.”
“Well, if he does that with me… I’m really no better,” Jungkook offered.
“I did notice that when Tae dropped by the studio. You were literally on the floor, saying that you couldn’t move at all and that you were going to die. Then Tae showed up and you were sprinting over there in a split second.”
“Yeah… that was kind of when I realized I was in love.”
“It’s cute. You’re clearly both very good for each other.”
“I think so, yeah,” Jungkook said with a soft smile.
“But, you know… if you ever hurt him…” Hobi said before making a gesture with his fingers over his neck.
“Oh trust me, I have no intentions of ever hurting him.”

Jungkook soon dove into the pool, resurfacing and pushing his hair away from his face before making his way to where Hobi was still seated. The two continued talking and after a few minutes, Tae came back out, wearing nothing but shorts.

“I see my best friend isn’t the only one who drools…” Hobi laughed and JK ended up pouting a little, flicking a tiny bit of water at the older man.
“I can’t help it! He’s really fucking hot, okay?”
“I don’t really see him in that light,” Hobi chuckled.
“Thanks,” Tae grinned as he jumped into the pool.
“Oh come on, like you’d say you find me attractive?”
“No, absolutely not,” Tae said, making a face at what Hobi just said.
“Like me and Namjoon.”
“Namjoon?” Hobi asked.
“Yeah, he’s my best friend. Well, one of my best friends.”
“He’s married to Jin? You know, the guy with the Astronaut song?” Tae explained.
“Oh! I really like that song!”
“How do you know that song? It’s not like Jin’s a big name!” JK said.
“Don’t let Jin hear you say that,” Tae teased and JK immediately splashed some water at his boyfriend.
“I listen to a lot of music. Part of my attempt to make it into the business,” Hobi offered with a shrug.

As Jungkook was about to say something else, Hobi’s phone went off and he excused himself to answer it. Instead, JK turned his attention to his boyfriend, quickly making his way over to him and wrapping his arms around the older man’s shoulders.

“You missed me, huh?” Jungkook asked with a grin.
“Yeah, far too much to be healthy I’m sure, but I really don’t care.”
“Well, I missed you too, very, very much.”
“You coming back to my place later then?” Tae asked as he nudged his nose against JK’s.
“Yes. Jang’s still with Anne and she’s clearly spoiling her.”
“It’s good that you have several people that can take care of Jang. I would have but…”
“I know, baby, you had a busy couple of days while I was in L.A.”
“What did you do in L.A.?” Hobi asked as he returned.
“The company I work for… I had to hold an introduction course to the software I created. They’d hired some new people and apparently I was the only one who could intro the software properly.”
“Big shot,” Tae said with a grin.
“Not really, I’m just a software nerd,” JK chuckled.
“Sounds like you get a fair amount of responsibilities though?” Hobi said. “That’s really cool. Do you enjoy your work?”
“Most of the time, yes. But all the meetings are beyond dull. I’d much rather be writing code or designing stuff.”
“Nerd,” Tae teased.

As Taehyung had said that, Jungkook couldn’t help but splash a load of water in his boyfriend’s face, laughing as Tae spluttered before coughing. A moment later, Tae retaliated, splashing a lot of water at JK who did his best to get away from it. However, he only partially succeeded and ended up coughing as well.

“I’m going to grab a soda, do you want anything? I’ve got cherry Coke, Tae,” Hobi chuckled.
“Please, yeah, thanks,” Tae said before attempting to dive out of the way as JK launched himself at Tae in the water.
“Please don’t drown my best friend, I’d hate to have to look for a new one,” Hobi grinned.
“I’m only partially drowning him,” JK shot back before he wrapped his arms and legs around Tae, pulling him backward and down in the water.
“No drowning me, please!” Tae laughed, struggling to stay upright. “Truce! Okay, truce?”
“Fine, but only because you’re cute and I love you.”

Taehyung smiled brightly at Jungkook as he’d said that and in no time, Tae was kissing JK in a sweet fashion. Jungkook pulled his boyfriend closer as he responded to the kiss, letting out a content noise as they continued kissing. As the kiss ended, JK couldn’t help but smile at his boyfriend. JK remained wrapped around his boyfriend as the two chatted about this and that.

“Who’s that?” Jungkook asked suddenly as the backdoor opened once again and an unfamiliar man stepped out.
“Uh… no clue,” Tae said, looking just as confused as JK.
“Hey, Hobi’s just getting us some sodas, he’ll be right out,” the dark-haired man said.
“Okay… and you are?” Tae asked.
“Oh, right! Sorry! I’m Henry. You must be Taehyung, yeah? And Jungkook.”
“Yeah…” Tae was still looking and sounding very confused.
“I’m Hobi’s boyfriend?”
“You’re what?!”
“Hoseok’s boyfriend? Henry Chen?”
“What?” Tae said and Jungkook smacked Tae’s shoulder. “Sorry! But…”
“Hi Henry, I’m Jungkook. Good to meet you,” JK offered with a bright smile.
“Jung Hoseok!” Taehyung yelled as Hobi stepped out once more, carrying a tray of sodas.
“Yeah?”
“How the fuck could you not tell me you have a boyfriend?! Like, what the fuck?!” Tae had switched to Korean and JK didn’t know whether to laugh or be scared as Hobi glared at Tae.
“Uh… I do speak some Korean, and I heard ‘boyfriend’ and some swearing,” Henry said with an awkward smile.
“I haven’t told you because I haven’t really seen you!” Hobi exclaimed.
“We talk on the phone!”
“Yeah, but usually that’s pretty quick nowadays.”
“I’m sorry,” JK offered softly.
“Don’t apologize, JK, you have nothing to be sorry for. But speak English please,” Hobi said, switching from Korean to English.
“Clearly this was not the introduction I hoped for,” Henry said with a sheepish smile.

Jungkook pulled himself out of the pool, moving over to where Henry was standing. He then extended his hand to the other man and the two shook hands.

“Don’t worry about Taehyung, he’s just surprised. It’s really good to meet you, Henry. How did you and Hobi meet?”
“Well, we’ve known each other for a few months, we met at a club where I work as a DJ.”
“Oh cool!”
“Yeah it’s my favorite club.”
“Yeah, Hobi’s dancing always caught my eye and at first we just started talking and then… Well, I asked him out and he said ‘yes’.”
“I… how long?” Tae said as he had also pulled himself out of the pool.
“Two and a half weeks I think?” Henry said, glancing at Hobi.
“Yeah, two and a half weeks,” Hobi agreed with a smile. “Now, Taehyung, be nice to my boyfriend, okay?”
“Yes, mom!” Tae said, sticking his tongue out at Hobi before laughing as he ducked out of the way as Hobi swatted after him. “Hi Henry, I’m sorry about earlier… it’s good to meet you.”
“Thanks. I don’t blame you though if you didn’t know. It’s good to meet you too, Hobi’s talked a lot about you.”
“I wish I could say the same about you but Hoseok’s kept quiet. Which is unusual!” Tae said, glaring at his best friend, switching to Korean once more.
“I didn’t want to jinx anything!” Hobi exclaimed.
“And instead of saying anything you let me make an ass of myself when your boyfriend introduces himself. Some friend you are.”
“This may take a while,” Jungkook chuckled, speaking directly to Henry. “Sometimes they behave like an old, married couple.”
“I’m seeing that,” Henry said with a soft chuckle as Tae and Hobi continued bickering in Korean.
“How long have you worked as a DJ?” JK asked.
“Five years I think? I also work at Home Depot part time. What do you do?”
“I’m a software designer.”
“Wow, that sounds cool.”
“Not as cool as DJ. My work usually consists of a shit ton of meetings and then some coding,” JK said with a soft chuckle. “You said you understood some Korean… were you born here?”
“Yes, born and raised here in San Fran. But my parents are from Korea, they moved here about 35 years ago. I speak some Korean but not enough to hold conversations.”
“Then you’re clearly perfect for Hobi,” Jungkook chuckled. “Has he told you that he yelled at me when I spoke to him in Korean?”
“No!” Henry laughed. “Please, tell me the story.”
“No way!” Hobi exclaimed, having clearly heard what JK just said. “Don’t you dare, Jungkook! Go make out with your boyfriend instead.”
“But…” Henry said, turning to look at Hobi.
“No! No, not the puppy dog eyes!” Hobi groaned, pointing at Henry.
“Works every time,” Henry grinned.
“It does not!”
“Yeah, it does. Just like your smile makes me want to do anything you ask of me,” Henry said.
“You’re terrible,” Hobi muttered, shaking his head a little. “Come with me, we’ll get dessert sorted out together.”
“Yes, dear.”

Taehyung chuckled as he watched Hobi and Henry head inside. Then his attention was on Jungkook once more. JK moved closer to Tae, wrapping his arms around the older man’s shoulder, pulling him in for a soft kiss.

“They’re really cute together,” JK commented as the kiss ended.
“They are. It’s been so long since Hoseok introduced me to someone… I kinda figured he’d given up on relationships.”
“I didn’t know he was gay?”
“He’s not I think? He’s never put a label on it, instead saying that he falls for the person, not the gender.”
“That’s sweet,” JK smiled. “Now, can I entice you back into the pool?”
“Absolutely,” Tae said with a grin before he ended up yelping as Jungkook picked him up and threw him over his shoulder. “Kookie!”
“Yes?”
“Put me down!”
“Nope.”

Jungkook carried Taehyung to the edge of the deep end and then he tossed the older man into the water, laughing as Tae quickly resurfaced coughing and swearing. But what JK didn’t expect was Tae to quickly dart forward and grab JK’s hand, pulling him over his head and into the pool as well.

“Fuck!” Jungkook coughed as he resurfaced, pushing his hair away from his face.
“You deserved that,” Taehyung laughed as he pulled JK closer.
“Yeah, I guess I did.”
“Glad you’re accepting blame. That means I can kiss you.”
“Oh, so you wouldn’t kiss me if I didn’t accept blame?” Jungkook asked with an amused chuckle.
“I wouldn’t.”
“You are such a liar, Kim Taehyung.”

As JK had said that, Tae grinned before leaning in to kiss JK in a soft fashion. But soft wasn’t what JK wanted right now so he ended up wrapping himself around Tae, legs around his waist and arms around his shoulders. He then captured his boyfriend’s lips in a much more heated kiss. As he heard Tae groan quietly, he pulled back, blinking innocently, even if he was as affected as Tae was.

“We’re at Hoseok’s place! They could come out at any point,” Tae hissed.
“They could… but you like-”
“Yes, yes, ha ha, I like being watched,” Tae said as he rolled his eyes before leaning closer to JK. “I like being watched by you, not by anyone else.”
“Fuck,” JK muttered before, reluctantly, pulling away from his boyfriend. “I was hoping for pool sex…”
“Not when Hoseok’s around!”
“But you wouldn’t be opposed to it?”
“Demon,” Tae muttered.
“You didn’t say no,” JK sing-songed before briefly groping Tae’s ass.
“JK!”
“Hmm?”
“Don’t act all innocent, you little devil.”
“I have no idea what you’re talking about,” JK said, blinking innocently.
“Yeah, that doesn’t work on me anymore, I know you,” Tae said with a soft grin.
“And yet, you love me.”
“It’s one of the many reasons why I love you. You’re so unapologetically naughty.”
“Takes one to know one, right?” Jungkook said with a grin.
“Maybe,” Tae admitted before he pulled JK in for another kiss, keeping it sweet this time around.
“Please stop making out. You’re like a pair of horny teenagers, I swear,” Hobi said as he came back out with a couple of bowls, Henry close behind with another set of bowls.
“It’s not like you’re that much older than me!” Tae shot back.
“Sure, but you don’t see me and Henry making out any chance we get.”
“Pretty sure you were making out inside the house if I’m to go on how red your lips are,” JK offered with a shit-eating grin.
“I think I liked you better when you were afraid of me,” Hobi muttered, a faint blush on his cheeks.
“Too bad those days are gone,” Jungkook laughed as he got out of the pool. “What’cha got there, Henry?”
“Ice cream,” Henry replied.
“Ooooh, I love ice cream!”
“You love everything, babe,” Tae chuckled as he too had got out of the pool.
“I don- no, yeah, I do,” JK cut himself off, grinning as he realized he couldn’t deny it. “What can I say? I enjoy food. And dessert.”
“I swear you’re like a goat sometimes,” Tae commented.
“I’m not a goat!”
“Well, I cooked an absolutely awful meal last week and you ate it, no complaints.”
“It wasn’t that bad!” JK chuckled.
“Yeah, it was. It was far too salty and almost burnt.”
“What in the world did you cook?” Henry asked with a soft laugh.
“I attempted pajeon… it didn’t go well,” Tae admitted.
“Oh no, you shouldn’t cook Korean food. You’ve tried in the past and it never ended well,” Hobi said with a grimace.
“I wanted to surprise Jungkook!” Tae exclaimed.
“It was very sweet of you,” JK said as he pressed a soft kiss to Tae’s shoulder. “Now, please put something on.”
“Huh?”
“You’re only wearing shorts. It’s distracting.”

Taehyung laughed before telling Jungkook that he also needed to put on a shirt again as well. Once the two had gotten dressed, they sat down with Hobi and Henry to eat the ice cream.

A few hours later, Jungkook and Tae entered Tae’s apartment together, having spent several hours just chatting with Hobi and Henry. JK really enjoyed the company of the other two but he was honestly dying to be alone with his boyfriend. The time in L.A. had made it abundantly clear just how addicted he was to the older man.

“Do you want to shower?” Tae asked. “I mean, after the pool and all.”
“Only if you join me?”
“Wouldn’t dream of not joining you.”
“Good, then I would like to take a shower.”

While Jungkook moved to grab a set of fresh towels from one of the closets, Taehyung took out a couple of pairs of sweat pants and tees.

“Boxers?”
“Nope. Well… you have a choice, either boxers or sweatpants,” Tae said with a grin.
“Oh, is that how it is, huh?”
“Yes. So whatever you choose, I’ll choose too.”
“Boxers then,” JK said with a grin.
“You’re playing to my weakness, babe,” Tae said as he put the sweats back and picked out a couple of boxers instead.
“I have no idea what you’re talking about,” JK said, blinking innocently.
“Unapologetically naughty,” Tae commented with a soft chuckle before giving JK’s ass a firm swat. “You know how much I love your legs.”
“About as much as I love your hands. And your neck. And your hair. And your hips. And… I could go on?”
“Please don’t, you love everything about me, I know,” Taehyung chuckled before he nudged him toward the bathroom.
“I do, yes. Well, not everything,” JK said with a grin.
“You lo- wait, what?” Tae cut himself off as he realized what Jungkook just said. “Excuse me?”
“I have a huge issue with something.”
“Really? Why haven’t you told me before?” Tae looked a little uncertain all of a sudden.
“I have a huge issue with this eyebrow,” JK said as he gestured to Tae’s left eyebrow.
“My eyebrow? What’s wrong with it?”
“It’s perfect.”
“What?”
“It’s perfect. It’s not fair,” JK was grinning like a fool as he spoke.
“You’re such an asshole!” Tae laughed. “I thought you were serious!”
“I am serious. The eyebrow is absolutely perfect and it makes me jealous.”
“Oh if that’s the case? I have a huge issue with your moles.”
“My moles? Why?” JK laughed as he pulled off Taehyung’s t-shirt.
“Because they’re so perfect and I want to kiss them all the time.”

Jungkook laughed as he pulled his own shirt off, quickly followed by his shorts. Taehyung followed suit, undressing completely as well before turning the shower on, adjusting the temperature before stepping into it, tugging JK along.

“I’m especially obsessed with the one beneath your lower lip,” Tae said as he moved closer to Jungkook.
“Is that so? Well, I’m quite obsessed with the one on your nose. And the one on your cheek and the one underneath your eye,” JK said as he placed soft kisses to each of the spots he mentioned, Tae’s eyes closing for the last one.
“I also really, really love the one on your neck,” Tae said as he leaned in to press his lips to said mark on Jungkook’s neck.
“Tae…” JK sighed happily, head tipping to the side a little.

As the two had gotten under the shower spray, Jungkook immediately moved to run his fingers through his boyfriend’s hair, making sure it was wet. Then he picked up the shampoo before taking great care in washing Taehyung’s hair. While he was doing that, Tae’s hands moved gently and slowly over JK’s body, humming in appreciation here and there. Being like this with Taehyung was one of Jungkook’s favorite things.

An hour later, Jungkook had just finished combing through his still-damp hair. Then he followed Taehyung’s path to the kitchen, finding the older man cutting up some apples. Jungkook moved over to wrap his arms around Taehyung’s waist, resting his head against his shoulder.

“I figured a light snack was a good idea,” Tae said.
“Perfect.”
“Do you want anything to drink?”
“Just some ice water… you?”
“Same.”
“I’ll get that for us then, you continue cutting the fruit. Be careful,” JK said.
“Just because I cut my finger once with a knife doesn’t mean I’ll do it again,” Tae muttered with an eyeroll and a wave of the knife.
“You waving the knife around makes me nervous,” Jungkook chuckled as he took out a couple of tall glasses, filling them with ice.
“Oh shut it,” Tae said, sticking his tongue out at JK.
“Yes, dear,” JK said as he poured water for the two of them. “I’ll go sit in the living room?”
“Sounds good, I’ll be there in a minute,” Tae smiled.

Jungkook carried the glasses out to the living room, putting them down on the coasters on the coffee table. Then he turned off most of the lamps in the room, leaving only two small lamps on, bathing the room in a soft glow. Once JK settled down on the couch, Taehyung came in as well, placing the bowl of cut up apples down before producing a jar of peanut butter as well.

“Excellent choice,” JK said with a grin, shifting to make room on the couch.
“I’m not sitting there,” Tae said.
“Oh?”

Instead of actually replying, Taehyung shifted the coffee table to the side somewhat before settling down on the plush rug. A little more shifting and the older man was leaning back against the couch, Jungkook’s legs on either side of him.

“Why?”
“Why what?” Tae asked.
“Why are you on the floor?”
“I like it.”
“Okay, you do you,” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle, leaning forward to kiss the top of Tae’s head.
“Mhm, because this position means you can play with my hair.”
“Oh so there was an ulterior motive,” Jungkook laughed, pressing another kiss to Tae’s hair.
“Maybe a little one,” Tae admitted with a grin.

A moment later, Jungkook felt Taehyung’s left hand slide around his knee, fingers coming to rest lightly on it as he rested his head against JK’s thigh. Jungkook smiled as he ran a gentle hand through his boyfriend’s hair. Then he picked up a slice of the apple, dipping it into the peanut butter before holding it up to Taehyung’s mouth. As Tae had taken the fruit, JK took a piece for himself as well.

“This is nice,” Tae murmured, fingers gently stroking over JK’s knee. “I’m glad you wanted to come home with me.”
“Always,” Jungkook said softly. “I mean I’m missing my girl of course, but I know she’s very well taken care of. And I get to spend time with you…”
“We’ll go back to your place tomorrow and get Jang-mi home,” Tae said with a soft smile.
“That sounds good, you want to spend the weekend with me then I guess?”
“Not at all. Why would I ever want to spend the weekend with you? It’s not as if I’m head over heels in love with you or anything. I’m only doing it for Jang-mi.”
“Sassy man,” JK chuckled, ruffling Taehyung’s hair.
“You wouldn’t want me any other way.”
“You’re absolutely right, I love every single thing about you. Except for the eyebrow of course.”
“You’re such a jerk!” Tae laughed, pinching JK’s knee playfully.

Once they’d finished the apples, Jungkook got to his feet, telling Tae to stay put as he headed to put the peanut butter away and grabbing a couple of wet wipes from the kitchen. Upon returning, he smiled as he saw Taehyung was still seated on the floor.

“You know, you could sit on the couch with me?”
“I know, I just don’t want to… especially if you sit back down like you did before,” Tae said with a grin as he took one of the wipes, cleaning his hands with it.
“I guess I’ll just have to do that then,” JK chuckled as he sat down again, legs on either side of Tae.

In no time at all, Tae’s head was resting against JK’s thigh again as his hands curled lightly around Jungkook’s calves. JK couldn’t help but run his fingers slowly through his boyfriend’s hair, smiling as Tae sighed happily. After a few minutes, Taehyung grabbed JK’s hand, tugging it around himself. Then his other hand moved to trail over JK’s tattooed arm.

“I love your tattoos so much,” Tae said, placing soft kisses to JK's arm.
“I’m glad you do… especially since I can’t really hide them unless I wear a shirt with too long sleeves.”
“I don’t want you to ever cover them. At least around me.”
“I think that could be arranged.”
“Do you plan on getting more tattoos?”
“Always. It’s addicting.”
“Can I tell you about a fantasy of mine?” Taehyung said softly as he kissed over JK’s arm yet again.
“Definitely yes. I’m all ears.”
“I have this fantasy about you and me…”
“I would hope it’s with me or else we’d have issues,” JK teased softly, chuckling as Tae bit his arm in a playful manner.
“Just shut up and listen!”
“Sorry,” JK said, leaning forward to press a kiss to Taehyung’s hair.
“Okay so… I have this image in my head of you behind me… with your arm around my waist and your hand on my chest…”
“Oh…” Jungkook murmured, his mind immediately flooding with images as well. “Anything else?”
“Just… you holding me pressed against you.”
“Are we wearing clothing?”
“No… none.”
“Sounds amazing…” JK said softly. “Can I ask for an addition to it?”
“Yeah?”
“I want to be in front of the mirror on your closet door.”
“Fuck,” Taehyung groaned.
“You wouldn’t be opposed to that then?”
“No… of course not.”
“Will you please get up here?” Jungkook asked. “Please, Taehyung? I want you closer than this.”

Instead of actually replying, Tae got up on his knees, shifting around to face Jungkook. Immediately, JK moved forward, capturing his boyfriend’s lips in a heated kiss. Taehyung’s hands came to curl in Jungkook’s tee as he responded to the kiss, both men moaning low. With a little pulling, Jungkook got Tae up and into his lap. The older man straddled JK’s legs as they continued kissing and JK’s hands slid around the other man’s waist. The two continued kissing as Jungkook’s hands moved down to cup his boyfriend’s ass, pulling him in tighter.

“I guess we’re not sleeping yet, huh?” Jungkook murmured huskily against the other man’s lips.
“I’m not tired in the least. Are you?” Tae chuckled breathlessly.
“Not at all.”
“Maybe we should make sure we get tired…” Tae said with a smirk.
“I like how you think,” JK said, nipping playfully at his boyfriend’s lower lip.
“Then we should move this to the bedroom.”
“Again? I like how you think,” JK said with a grin.

A few minutes later Jungkook found himself pressed against the wall in Tae’s bedroom, Tae pinning him against it. JK groaned softly at the way Tae held him against the hard surface, head tipping back against it. In no time at all, Taehyung’s lips trailed down his neck, nipping and kissing over it, making JK moan.

“You’re distracting me…” JK muttered after a while. “Was gonna get you undressed…”
“Great minds and all that…” Tae chuckled as he pulled the tee up and over Jungkook’s head, dropping it on the floor.
“Someone’s bossy…”
“What can I say? You bring it out in me,” Tae said with a smirk before leaning down to catch JK’s nipple ring in his teeth.
“Fuck!” Jungkook exclaimed, head thumping back against the wall.
“Careful, babe…” Tae said, breath fanning out over JK’s nipple, making him arch against Tae.
“Fuck you,” JK growled.
“In a while,” Tae chuckled before swirling his tongue around the piercing, making JK moan loudly.

Soon Taehyung sank to his knees, fingers hooking in JK’s underwear, tugging them down. Jungkook breathed in shakily, one of his hands coming to curl gently in Taehyung’s hair as he looked down at the older man.

“Taehyung…”
“I think you should fuck me without a condom today…” Tae said huskily before swallowing JK’s length in one go.
“Fuck! Shit… I… w-wait… wait, what?” Jungkook cursed before Tae’s words caught up with him and he pulled on Tae’s hair to get him to pull back. “A-are you serious?”
“Yeah… I mean, I showed you my test results and you showed me yours? We’re both clean.”
“You’re serious? Like seriously?”
“Yeah, why?”
“I… I’ve just… I’ve never done that?”
“Me neither.”
“And you want to do that with me?”
“No one else,” Tae admitted softly.
“Baby…” JK said, nudging Tae back a little before sinking to his knees as well.
“You don’t want to?”
“Of course I do!”
“Then… what’s the problem?”
“It’s a big deal to me, okay?” Jungkook said, cupping Tae’s face. “It’s not to you?”
“It is… never trusted anyone like I trust you,” Tae said with a shy smile.
“I love you so much, Kim Taehyung,” JK said, pressing a sweet kiss to his boyfriend’s lips. “I trust you too. With everything that I am.”
“I love you too,” Tae smiled. “Now, can we please get back to what we were doing? Or else I think I’ll die…”
“No dying, not allowed,” JK said with a soft chuckle.

Then he stood up, tugging Taehyung with him. A quiet protest came from the older man but JK shushed him with a kiss. Once Jungkook had gotten his boyfriend out of his clothes as well, he pulled him along to the mirror on the closet door. He positioned Taehyung in front of it before moving in behind him. JK’s hands curled around Tae’s hips as he pressed kisses over the other man’s shoulder and neck.

“You are so damn beautiful, Taehyung,” JK said, looking at Tae through the mirror.
“Jungkook…” Tae whined quietly, a blush staining his cheeks.
“Eyes on the mirror,” JK ordered, pleased as Tae turned his eyes to said object. “Good man.”

JK then allowed his right hand to slowly slide over his boyfriend’s flat stomach, delighting in the way he could see Tae’s eyes following it. Jungkook took his sweet time in moving his hand further up over Taehyung’s chest, before coming to rest his splayed hand just beneath the older man’s throat.

“This what you wanted to see?” Tae asked in a breathless tone.
“Mhm… looks even better than I thought,” JK said. “And I’m not even asking you what you think because your body’s talking for you.”

Jungkook moved his other hand to wrap around his boyfriend’s length, smirking as Taehyung gasped before moaning Jungkook’s name, eyes still focused on the mirror.

“You really do like being watched, huh?”
“O-oh… fuck… only by y-you…” Tae gasped out, hips bucking against JK’s hand.
“Good… no one else can see you like this, only me.”
“Only you…”

Jungkook bit down on his boyfriend’s shoulder as he wrapped his hand a little tighter around his boyfriend’s cock. The fact that Taehyung’s eyes remained focused on them in the mirror had JK’s arousal increasing tenfold. He had to admit that it was insanely hot to have his boyfriend like this. There was so much possession in the image in front of them, JK’s right arm holding Taehyung back against him while the left hand was slowly stroking him. It didn’t take long for Tae to rest his head back against JK’s shoulder, eyes still focused on the two of them in the mirror.

“Can I fuck you right here?” Jungkook asked huskily.
“Please,” Tae moaned, pressing his ass back against JK’s hard length.
“You sure about the no condom thing?”
“Very, very sure.”

After, reluctantly, moving away from Tae to get the lube, Jungkook took his sweet time in opening his boyfriend up. His right arm remained around Tae’s body, it being very clear that both of them were getting a kick out of the possessive nature of this position.

It was only as JK scissored his three fingers inside his boyfriend again that Tae asked for more. JK then curled his hand around Tae’s jaw, turning his head enough to where he could kiss him. The angle was awkward but JK simply had to kiss his boyfriend. Tae clearly didn’t mind as he moaned against Jungkook’s mouth, responding to the kiss.

“JK… please… inside me. Now.”
“Such a bossy bottom,” JK chuckled as he coated his own arousal in lube. “You still sure about the condom?”
“Yes!”
“Just double checking.”
“You can check ten thousand times and my answer would still be yes. Been fantasizing about it for a while now.”
“You should tell me even more of your fantasies, baby… I want to make them all come true,” Jungkook said as he moved to align himself with Tae’s ass once more. “Bend forward slightly for me, yeah?”

Taehyung instantly moved, arching his body a bit, legs parting a touch further. Jungkook groaned softly at the sight, both hands moving to cup and massage the older man’s backside.

“Fucking get in me!” Tae complained.
“Patience, baby.”
“I’m not a patient person when it comes to you,” Tae groaned. “Jungkook… please…”

JK decided to take mercy on his boyfriend and he slowly pushed his way past the initial resistance, moaning at the sensations. Tae whimpered impatiently, trying to push back but JK stopped him, holding him in place.

“Eyes on the mirror, Taehyungie,” Jungkook said as he noticed Tae’s eyes were closed.
“Jungkook…” Tae gasped, eyes opening once more. “Please…”
“You feel fucking incredible… so hot… so perfect around me,” JK mumbled huskily as he slid his arm back up over Tae’s chest, hand coming to rest just beneath Tae’s throat.

Taehyung moaned loudly as Jungkook pushed further inside him. The sensation of no condom had JK’s mind spinning. He hadn’t realized it would feel so different but it definitely did and it was making him feel everything at a heightened level somehow. It was also clear that Taehyung was enjoying himself a great deal. His eyelids fluttered but he kept his eyes trained on their reflection. As Jungkook bottomed out, he latched on to Tae’s shoulder, sucking a mark into the skin. One of Taehyung’s hands moved up to curl in JK’s hair, letting out a lengthy moan as Jungkook rolled his hips.

“Fuck… JK… fuck…”
“Feel good?” JK asked in a raspy tone.
“So good… never… never felt like this before… It… you…”
“Just so you know? When we do this again, I want to feel you inside me, okay?”
“Okay… please, just… c’mon… move,” Tae panted before crying out as JK pulled his hips back enough before thrusting right back in again.

There was absolutely no way that Jungkook would be able to last for any significant time because he was so worked up and Taehyung felt absolutely incredible. The way Taehyung’s head lolled back against Jungkook’s shoulder, eyes still focused on the two of them in the mirror, was driving JK insane in the best way possible. It didn’t take long before Jungkook’s thrusts were becoming harder and more frantic, chasing his orgasm. The fact that Taehyung kept letting out the sexiest noises fueled JK on further.

“No… no, wait…” Tae panted suddenly and JK came to an instant stop even if his body was screaming at him to continue. “Lie down on the bed. On your back.”
“Why?” JK pouted at the idea of not being inside his boyfriend.
“I have an idea,” Tae said before shifting, both men whimpering as they parted. “Trust me?”
“Always,” JK said before moving to settle on the bed.

He then watched as Taehyung opened the door to the closet and after a little bit of moving, JK groaned as he realized just what Taehyung was doing. From that particular angle, Jungkook could see himself on the bed and a moment later, he had his boyfriend on top of him. Tae glanced at the mirror before reaching back to align Jungkook’s length to his opening. As Taehyung sank down on JK’s cock, JK couldn’t help but moan loudly, throwing his head back on the bed.

“Eyes on the mirror, JK…” Tae panted, head turned toward said object.
“Fuck,” Jungkook groaned as his eyes landed on their reflection. “Baby, I’m not gonna last long…”
“Me neither. We have all night though, yeah?”
“Definitely.”

It didn’t take long before Taehyung began moving, lifting up off JK before pushing right back down again. JK couldn’t take his eyes off their reflection and it was clear Taehyung was equally as mesmerized. The way Taehyung felt around him was making Jungkook’s orgasm approach far too soon. There was just no way JK would be able to hold back and he found himself wrapping his arm around Tae’s waist as he began lifting up to meet Tae. The slight angle change had Taehyung letting out a shout of pleasure, his hips pushing down harder and faster.

“Fuck… fuck, I’m… Tae… fucking hell… you…” Jungkook trailed off into a loud groan, hips snapping up hard against his boyfriend.
“Fuck, JK… JK, I…” Taehyung was pretty much chanting Jungkook’s name now, riding him in earnest.

Jungkook’s orgasm hit him like a freight train, making him cry out his boyfriend’s name as he climaxed, hips stuttering against the older man. Clearly that was all Taehyung needed as he quickly followed Jungkook, releasing over JK’s abs with a cry of his name. A few moments later, Taehyung fell on top of Jungkook, gasping for breath. Jungkook was breathing harder than he’d ever had after sex and he found himself pretty unable to move. His arm was still wrapped around Taehyung but aside from that, he wasn’t moving.

“I think I’m dead,” JK muttered in an amused tone after a few minutes.
“Same,” Taehyung giggled against the side of Jungkook’s neck.

As Taehyung giggled, Jungkook couldn’t keep from giggling right with the other man, squeezing Tae’s waist lightly. Soon Tae lifted his head enough to where JK could catch his lips in a tender kiss. Once the kiss ended, the two looked at one another and giggled once more.

“That felt incredible,” JK murmured softly.
“It did,” Tae agreed, his hand coming up to cup JK’s jaw, thumb brushing over JK’s lower lip.
“Why did you want it?”
“What do you mean?”
“Why did you want to have sex without a condom? With me I mean? You were with your ex for three years and you never did it…”
“Because you’re different. You’re… I don’t know… I can’t explain it… it just… it feels right. More right than I’ve ever felt before,” Taehyung said softly.
“Glad I’m not the only one feeling that way,” Jungkook said with a warm smile.
“Yeah?”
“Definitely yeah.”

Taehyung leaned down to kiss Jungkook again before he shifted, lifting off JK, making them both gasp softly as they parted. JK watched as Taehyung blinked before biting at his lower lip.

“Hmm?” JK asked with a raised eyebrow.

Instead of actually replying, Taehyung moved to stand up, leaning forward just a touch which, of course, had JK groaning.

“Fucking hell, that’s hot…” JK mumbled, quickly sitting up and pulling Tae closer, pressing a kiss to his lower back.
“I need another shower,” Tae said, letting out a soft moan as Jungkook’s hands spread his ass cheeks.
“If I could get hard again I would be right now. You have no idea how fucking hot this is to see…”
“I’ll get to see it later though, right?”
“Definitely yes,” JK agreed before being unable to keep from rubbing his finger through the mess.
“Jungkook!” Tae exclaimed, knees buckling slightly but JK kept him upright.
“Sorry, baby… I just couldn’t help myself,” JK admitted as he stood up right behind Taehyung. “Let’s take another shower, I’ll help you get clean.”
“And grope me at the same time, hmm?”
“Well… yes? So if you don’t want that, you should probably shower on your own.”
“I fell in love with a devil,” Tae laughed before pulling Jungkook along to the bathroom. “Of course I want you in the shower with me. I want you with me all the time, okay?”
“Good because I want to be with you all the time,” Jungkook said as he wrapped his arms around Taehyung, pulling him back against him.
“How about a shower and then some sleep?” Tae said softly as he rested his head against JK’s shoulder.
“Sounds perfect… But I’m going to have to insist on morning sex tomorrow.”
“Oh really? Well, you’re dead asleep for longer than me so I don’t know how that’s going to work…”
“Well… you could always wake me up…”
“How would I do that? By getting coffee in front of your nose?”
“That’s one way to do it… my idea was a bit… dirtier though?”
“Oh? Oh! Oh… you’d be okay with that?” Tae asked as they stepped into the shower once more.
“Yeah… I mean, I can’t really imagine a better way to wake up than to my boyfriend fingering me open and then fucking me fully awake.”
“Fucking hell, Jungkookie… you really are a devil,” Taehyung groaned as he pulled JK in tightly against himself.
“Just… telling you a fantasy of mine,” JK said with a little grin.
“Well… I’d like to make all your fantasies come true.”
“Good… because I plan on making all your fantasies come true as well,” Jungkook said before leaning in to kiss his boyfriend yet again.

As they had finished their shower, Jungkook took great care in drying his boyfriend before allowing said boyfriend to dry him off as well. JK then pulled Taehyung along into the bedroom, pulling the covers down and then climbing in.

“No clothes?”
“Nah… unless you want it?” Jungkook said as Tae got into bed as well.
“Hell no, the more skin I can feel, the better,” Taehyung grinned.

Once Taehyung had settled down, Jungkook shifted to where he could curl up against the older man, resting his head on his shoulder and wrapping an arm around his waist. A smile spread across his lips as Taehyung’s arms immediately wrapped around him. JK placed a soft kiss to Tae’s collarbone, letting out a content noise as Tae’s lips made contact with his forehead. Jungkook loved the way the two switched positions with such ease, there was no set “big” or “little” spoon, they just did whatever felt right in the moment.

“I love you,” Jungkook murmured softly.
“I love you,” Taehyung replied immediately, squeezing Jungkook gently.

It didn’t take long before sleep pulled Jungkook under, feeling so utterly content in his boyfriend’s warm embrace.

Chapter Text

“Babe, can you bring a Coke?” Taehyung called out from the living room.
“Of course!” Jungkook replied as he grabbed a can of cherry Coke from the fridge, bringing that along with a glass of ice tea for himself.

As he came back to the living room, he chuckled softly. Taehyung was sprawled out on the couch with Jang-mi next to him, her head resting on his thigh as he scratched her neck affectionately. It never failed to make JK’s heart beat a little faster in his chest whenever he saw his boyfriend. But it went haywire whenever he caught Jang-mi with Tae because it was so clear that Jang absolutely adored Taehyung. If Tae came over, Jang was right by his side the whole time. She did alternate between laying on Tae to laying on JK whenever they were on the couch. Sometimes, Jungkook couldn’t believe just how amazing this relationship was. Taehyung fit so perfectly into his life and Jungkook honestly couldn’t imagine his life without his boyfriend nowadays. Namjoon had called them insufferable because they were still in the ‘honeymoon phase’ apparently. Jungkook had a good idea that he and Tae would never get out of that phase.

“Penny for your thoughts?” Taehyung asked.
“Oh… sorry, just… just thinking about the past nine months,” JK said with a soft smile.
“Hey now, it’s not nine months just yet.”
“Sorry, mr. I’m-so-pedantic. I know it’s 8 ½ months,” JK said with an eye roll.
“Yeah well, I’m dating mr. Perfectionist so I have to bring something to the table,” Taehyung grinned.
“You bring a whole lot by just being you.”
“Flattery will get you everywhere,” Tae said with a wink. “Now, you mentioned you had some news?”
“Yes, right! I got so distracted when you arrived that I forgot all about it. So yeah, I have some news…”
“Should I be worried?” Tae asked, biting on his lower lip as he looked at JK.
“Stop that,” JK said immediately, brushing a gentle finger over Tae’s lips. “You have nothing to worry about, okay?”
“Oh so does that mean you are moving away and I can finally get rid of you?”
“Oh fuck off!” Jungkook laughed as he settled down on the couch, grinning as Tae immediately leaned against his shoulder. “Sorry to say it but I’m not going anywhere.”
“Oh?”
“Yeah… the company has asked me to stay here. Permanently.”
“What? Are you serious?” Tae blinked, all traces of silliness gone in an instant.
“Yeah… they offered me a new position as Front-end developer.”
“Uh… what’s that? Remember who you’re dealing with here, I barely understand your current job title,” Tae said with a bashful smile.
“Basically I get to code a lot. I’ll create, update and evaluate a lot of website apps and functions.”
“It sounds more difficult than what you’ve been doing up until now… I think?”
“It kinda is, I guess?”
“Right yeah, not for you, huh? My big-brained babe,” Tae said with a grin, yelping as JK pinched his side. “Okay, okay, I’ll be serious!”
“You’d better be, Jang’s getting annoyed with all your moving around.”
“Sorry, sweetie,” Tae said, scratching Jang-mi’s ear before turning back to JK. “Are you going to take the position?”
“I am, yeah. I’ll have to go into the company once or twice a week but mostly I’ll still do remote work,” Jungkook said. “I’m also moving…”
“Moving? But you said you weren’t going anywhere?” Tae looked concerned again.
“I’m leaving this house I mean. You know that I’ve been saving up for a new place.”
“Yeah… oh, I guess the new position means a bit of a pay raise?”
“Yeah… quite a bit…”
“How much more? 800? A thousand?”
“Well… close to five actually,” Jungkook said.
“Five hundred? Wow, that’s great!”
“No… not five hundred…” Jungkook chuckled and Taehyung’s eyes went wide.
“Five thousand?! Jungkook, oh my god! That’s amazing!” Tae exclaimed. “And here I was excited about my 300 dollar raise last month.”
“That’s exciting too! You deserve it. And more. Considering all you do,” JK said.
“Clearly I need to change jobs,” Tae said with a grin.
“Or you could just live off me.”
“Like you’re my sugar daddy?”
“Oh my god, eww, don’t put it like that!” Jungkook grimaced.
“Yeah no, that made me throw up in my mouth a little as I said it,” Tae chuckled. “But seriously, I’m so happy for you! Now, about that move?”
“Yeah, I’ve actually found a couple of houses that I’m going to go look at this coming week.”
“Oh cool! Are they bigger than this one?”
“Yeah, a bit. Bigger kitchen, bigger bedrooms,” JK said with a smile. “I was kinda wondering if you’d want to come with me to look at them?”
“I’d love to.”
“And you can move in with me?”
“Ye- what?!” Tae cut himself off as Jungkook’s words registered.
“I’d really love it if you’d move in with me when I move houses?”
“A-are you serious?”
“Yeah… but don’t feel like you have to say yes, okay? I just… we spend pretty much every night with one another anyway.”

Jungkook was quite nervous about what he was asking of his boyfriend but it felt right. Both he and Tae were always miserable when they had to spend time away from one another and there weren't many nights in the last few months that they’d been separated. Tae had also mentioned wanting to get a bigger place as he felt his apartment was on the small side. Plus, he always hated asking JK to stay over because he couldn’t bring Jang-mi.

“Jungkook I… I don’t think I can afford…” Taehyung said, biting on his lower lip.
“No, no, no! I’m not asking you to buy the house with me! I’m just asking if you’d want to move in with me… I’m not expecting you to pay for the house.”
“But…”
“Taehyungie… I earn a lot more than you and I have been saving up for the past few years,” JK said, chewing on his lower lip. “Maybe it’s too soon? I’m sorry, I shouldn’t have… stupid of me to ask really. Sorry… let’s just forget the whole thing.”
“Hang on, no… wait,” Tae said, gently lifting Jang-mi’s head off his thigh to be able to face JK properly, his eyes wide. “Are you serious?”
“About what? Forgetting it? Yeah, sure, of course. I didn’t mean to make you uncomfortable… I’m really sorry, Taehyung.”
“You silly man… I’m asking if you’re serious about wanting to live with me?”
“Yes… no? I… maybe?”
“Stop with the non-answers. Answer me, Jungkookie, are you serious?”
“Yeah… yeah, I am,” JK replied after a while of silence. “But I’m not expecting you to say y-”

Jungkook didn’t get any further as Tae leaned in to kiss him in the sweetest way. One of Tae’s hands curved around JK’s neck as they kissed and JK moved to rest his hands on his boyfriend’s chest. Once the kiss ended, Taehyung rested his forehead against Jungkook’s, his thumb brushing over JK’s jaw.

“Yes.”
“Yes?”
“Yes… I’m saying yes,” Taehyung said softly. “But I want to help pay…”
“Baby, you don’t ha-”
“I know I don’t, but I would feel guilty if I didn’t. I mean, I can’t pay as much as you can but I still want to.”
“You want to move in with me?” Jungkook said, pulling back just enough to stare at the older man.
“Of course I do! I don’t like my apartment. My landlord’s a jackass and I can never have you and Jang over,” Tae said. “Plus, you know, getting to live with you is a dream come true.”
“Oh?”
“Yeah… I mean… whenever I stay over and we wake up together? It’s so good. I love the way you take an age to wake up and when you start to, you make the most adorable faces. And I love how you always snuggle closer during the night. Like my human heating blanket…”
“Yeah?”
“Definitely, yes. I also think I know enough of your habits to know you won’t drive me insane when we live together.”

A soft laugh escaped JK as Taehyung said that and then he leaned in to kiss the older man once more. The amount of joy bubbling inside him had Jungkook feeling like he was about to start bouncing off the walls really.

“You know, kissing you is kinda hard when you keep smiling,” Tae muttered with a playful nip to JK’s lower lip.
“Sorry! I just… I’m so happy.”
“Me too, love… When are we checking out houses then?” Tae asked.
“I have one showing booked for tomorrow and the rest will be whenever you’re available? I mean, I have nothing but remote work this coming week and no meetings scheduled so…”
“I’m working my regular hours.”
“Good! Then I’ll get us appointments for Tuesday and Wednesday afternoon as well as Thursday morning,” JK grinned, having learned Tae’s work schedule by heart.
“Just how many houses are we seeing?”
“Seven… unless you veto any of them? I can show them to you! Let me get my laptop.”

Jungkook jumped off the couch, hurrying to grab his laptop off the kitchen table. He then headed back to the living room, finding Tae with his head resting on Jang-mi’s back, gently scratching her head.

“I love seeing you two together like this,” Jungkook said softly.
“And I love being like this… she’s such an amazing puppy.”
“Technically she’s not a puppy, you know?”
“I know that! And as I’ve said before: all dogs are puppies, no matter what their age!”
“God you’re adorable,” JK said with a soft giggle as he sat down next to Taehyung, opening up his laptop. “Now, please tell me if any of the houses don’t suit you.”
“I… I’ll try.”
“No, you will, Taehyung. You’re going to live there too, you know? So if any of them aren’t to your liking, tell me and we’ll cross it off the list.”
“Okay. I will, I promise.”

After that Jungkook went to the page showing the first house, pointing out bits and pieces of what had drawn him to it. Taehyung asked some questions here and there as they continued to go through all the houses. In the end, it turned out that every house JK was interested in? Taehyung was equally as interested. The fact that they were talking about getting a house together filled Jungkook with so much joy. Of course, they wouldn’t be moving in together tomorrow but in the next few months hopefully. Jungkook was already so excited about it and he could tell his boyfriend was too.

“I love you,” Jungkook said as he had closed the laptop again, putting it on the coffee table.
“I love you too. So much. I can’t wait to move in with you…”
“I feel the same way, baby,” Jungkook murmured as he wrapped his arms around Tae, pulling him closer.
“So… I guess we’re converting at least one room to a gym?”
“If that’s okay?”
“Of course it is. It might make me actually do some actual weightlifting.”
“I doubt it,” JK said with a grin before yelping as Tae tickled his side. “Please! No tickling! I’ll behave, I promise”
“You’d better. And I might just surprise you with the weightlifting ”
“I look forward to it if you do. Though I’m not promising I’ll be able to restrain myself.”
“I’d expect nothing less,” Tae said with a soft chuckle before nuzzling into JK’s neck. “I need to cancel my lease… I hope my landlord won’t give me too much trouble.”
“I don’t think so? I mean the apartment is really nice and it’s a good area… he probably won’t have any trouble renting it out again.”
“I hope you’re right,” Tae smiled. “Do you plan on getting any new furniture by the way?”
“Definitely. I was thinking of a new couch and definitely a new bed for us.”
“Oh?”
“Yeah, I mean this couch is comfortable and all but for the three of us? It’s kinda small,” Jungkook said, giving Jang-mi’s side a light nudge. “Space hogger.”
“Yeah, she doesn’t care,” Tae chuckled as Jang-mi didn’t move at all. “I do like the idea of a bigger couch. Why a new bed though? Yours is insanely comfortable.”
“I figured we should get a bigger one?”
“For Jang too?”
“No! She can only sleep in bed when we’re not in it, I’m not changing that rule.”
“You sure?”
“Just because you can’t say no to her doesn’t mean I can’t,” JK said.
“I can say n- yeah, you’re right, I really can’t,” Tae admitted with a soft giggle.
“Just like I can’t say no to you,” Jungkook murmured, pressing a kiss to Tae’s temple. “I gotta use the restroom.”

Taehyung shifted to allow JK to get to his feet and JK chuckled as Tae simply tipped to the other side, resting his head on Jang-mi’s back. The fact that Jang didn’t react at all to what Taehyung did was yet another thing JK loved. Normally Jang reacted if someone touched her and she wasn’t prepared but with Tae, she didn’t bat an eye, she simply continued snoozing.

Just as Jungkook was finished and was washing his hands, he heard Jang-mi bark several times.

“Hey!” JK called out, using his stern voice to tell her off.
“She’s hearing something!” Taehyung hollered back as Jang continued barking.

It was then that the doorbell rang and JK heard Jang’s paws hit the floor, rushing toward the front door. Jungkook hurried to dry his hands as he heard Tae chase after her.

“Hey!” JK said as he came out to the hallway, grabbing Jang-mi’s collar. “No! Sit!”
“I’ll open the door,” Tae said as he moved to unlock the front door.
“What have I said about barking at the door? Calm!” Jungkook said to Jang-mi as she finally settled down.
“Hello?” Taehyung sounded very confused as he greeted the person on the other side of the door.
“Hello. Jungkook?” A voice was heard which had JK bolting upright before rushing to the front door.
“Min-min!” JK shrieked, launching himself at the man on the other side of the door.
“Gukkie!” The other man exclaimed.
“Uh…” Tae said, looking in a bewildered way between the two men who were now hugging each other.
“One sec!” JK laughed as he and the other man did a specific handshake before hugging one another again. “Where’s your husband?”
“In a meeting. He’ll come by later.”
“Uh…” Tae said again, looking between the two before his eyes went wide. “Oh my god, Jimin-ssi!”
“Hello, Taehyung-ssi,” Jimin said as the two bowed to one another.
“Oh god, stop with the honorifics and manners, it makes me want to throw up,” JK groaned.
“You switched to Korean! I’m well-mannered unlike some people I know!” Tae protested with a playful glare at his boyfriend.
“Yeah, I’ve given up trying to get him to be well-mannered. It hasn’t gotten any better since he moved here,” Jimin laughed. “But please, you can just call me Jimin. No need for honorifics, okay?”
“I’ll try,” Tae said, continuing to speak Korean. “Jungkookie didn’t tell me you were coming?”
“It’s a surprise,” Jimin said before laughing as Jungkook picked him up, spinning him around. “Gukkie, you’re making me dizzy!”
“I’m so happy you’re here! Why are you here? Why didn’t you tell me you were coming to visit? We could have picked you and Yoongi up at the airport?”
“We’re not visiting,” Jimin said.
“Oh? But…” Jungkook said, frowning in confusion.
“Yoongi is in a meeting about a studio… well, a studio and a loft technically. I checked out the loft before coming here.”
“I’m still confused,” JK said.
“We left Korea, we’re settling down here,” Jimin offered with a smile.
“What?! Oh my god, that’s amazing!” Jungkook exclaimed, yet again picking Jimin up.
“Oh god, stop doing that or I’ll puke all over you!”
“Sorry! But explain, please?” JK grinned as he put Jimin down again.
“Jang-mi!” Jimin exclaimed as he saw the dog, still seated inside the open doorway. “Hi baby girl!”

Jang-mi’s whole body was vibrating with how excited she was but she remained seated. Jungkook chuckled before giving the command for her to greet Jimin. In no time, she was showering Jimin with slobbery kisses and Jimin was laughing while hugging the dog.

“Can we go back in? It’s kinda chilly,” Tae said.
“Because you’re always cold,” JK grinned. “But yeah, let’s go back inside and Jimin can tell us all about why they’re moving here.”
“I will, I promise,” Jimin laughed as he wrestled Jang-mi into the house with him, kicking his shoes off before walking to the living room.

Taehyung followed after Jungkook and soon enough Jimin and JK were on the couch, Jang-mi on the floor next to Jimin. After asking if Jimin wanted something to drink, Tae went to fetch the older man a glass of ice tea.

“About the loft and the studio?” Jungkook asked as Taehyung settled down on the floor in front of him.
“Taehy-” Jimin began, clearly getting ready to get up.
“No, stay. He likes sitting on the floor for some weird reason,” JK chuckled, running a gentle hand through Tae’s hair as the older man rested his arm on JK’s knee.
“You sure?”
“Absolutely, now please? Tell us about the studio and the loft,” Taehyung encouraged.

Jimin then began telling them about how he and Yoongi had decided on moving to the US too. In part because Yoongi had started to do a lot of travel to California to produce some artists but also in part as they’d been on the receiving end of some hateful words. Now, Yoongi was meeting some people about setting up a studio in San Francisco and before that, he and Jimin had looked at a loft that was on the floor above said studio.

“We’d already seen it online and it looked good. But seeing it with our own eyes? It’ll be perfect for us. I’ll have my own space for sketching and Yoongi can go downstairs to work on music.”
“It sounds like the perfect set-up,” Taehyung smiled. “When are you moving in?”
“In a week and a half,” Jimin replied. “We’re in a hotel until then.”
“No! Absolutely not! You’re staying here,” Jungkook said.
“Gukkie, we can’t intru-” Jimin began but JK cut him off.
“Yes, you can! I have a guest room and if we drive each other insane, I can always stay at Tae’s place.”
“Are you sure?”
“Yeah! I mean, if I stay at Tae’s, you’ll be in charge of Jang-mi.”
“I have no problems with that,” Jimin said with a soft chuckle. “But your job…”
“It’s not as if you’ll be sleeping in my office! Plus, I have no work meetings this week. But Taehyung and I have some appointments to attend.”
“Oh?” Jimin said.
“Yeah, I got that promotion,” Jungkook said.
“Wow, congrats! I guess you’re looking at a house then, huh?” Jimin smiled.
“Well, we are looking at a few houses.”
“We? As in… you’re moving in together?”
“Yeah, we are,” Tae said with a bright smile.
“Oh wow, that’s so awesome! Congratulations!”

The three continued chatting for another hour before the doorbell rang again. This time, JK was prepared though and he commanded Jang-mi to remain calm. Yoongi had texted Jimin a little while earlier so they knew he was coming. Once they’d all caught up with each other, Jungkook said he’d cook them dinner. Of course, that had Yoongi immediately joining him as the older man loved to cook as much as JK did.

“We can take Jang out for a walk,” Taehyung said as it had been decided dinner would be cooked.
“Yes!” Jimin said, clearly very excited about the prospect of doing that. “Yoongi, we should get a dog too.”
“Can we please settle down properly first? We’re going to be living in boxes for weeks to come.”
“Fine, but once we’re settled, I’m bringing the discussion up again,” Jimin said in a determined tone.
“I’d expect nothing less,” Yoongi grinned, leaning in to kiss Jimin softly before making his way to the kitchen.
“Dinner should be in about an hour,” Jungkook said.
“Perfect, we’ll take a lengthier walk.”
“Remember to br-”
“Yes, I’m bringing everything. I forgot the poop bag once,” Taehyung muttered with an eyeroll.
“Yeah well, once is a time too many,” JK said. “So unless you want to use those fancy sneakers of yours to get her poop off the street…”
“Oh shut up,” Tae grumbled.
“Never,” JK chuckled as he pulled Taehyung in for a sweet kiss. “I love you, you know?”
“I love you too,” Tae murmured before kissing JK again. “You’re still annoying though.”
“Of course I am,” JK laughed, giving Tae’s ass a firm swat as he headed to join Yoongi in the kitchen.
“Good god, you two are disgustingly cute together,” Yoongi commented as JK entered the kitchen.
“Like you and Jimin are any better?” JK laughed.
“We’re married!”
“Yeah, for like a thousand years! You’re still behaving like newlyweds.”
“Be quiet,” Yoongi muttered with an eyeroll.
“You love me!” JK grinned, wrapping his arms around Yoongi’s waist and giving him a hug.
“Ugh, get off me.”
“I missed you, hyung.”
“I missed you too but you still need to get away from me,” Yoongi muttered with a barely concealed smile.

Jungkook laughed before letting go of the older man. He then moved about the kitchen, gathering ingredients to make their dinner. He and Yoongi had cooked together a few times in the past and the older man was an incredible cook. Jungkook had picked his brain several times when it came to cooking and he felt like he’d learned a lot from him.

Just over an hour later, Taehyung and Jimin returned. In no time, the four were seated at the kitchen table, beginning to eat while they continued chatting away about life in San Francisco compared to Seoul. JK couldn’t help but smile as he watched Tae and Jimin get along with no trouble at all. The fact that JK would be going house hunting with his boyfriend tomorrow and the following week was something that made him feel like he was on top of the world. Taehyung fit into Jungkook’s life so perfectly and it honestly felt like he was Jungkook’s missing half. Not that JK had ever felt like a part of him was missing really. But now that he was together with Taehyung, he was acutely aware of how much more content and joyful he felt every single day. All thanks to the gorgeous man seated next to him, currently laughing at something Jimin just said.

“I love you,” JK murmured as he wrapped an arm around Taehyung’s shoulder, pressing a kiss to his temple.
“Love you back,” Tae smiled softly, his hand coming to rest gently on JK’s thigh.

Chapter Text

“When are you moving in again?” Jin asked as he finished painting one of the walls in the living room.
“A week and a half,” Jungkook replied as he put the finishing touches on the new wood floor.
“It seems like you’ve been working on the place forever! I mean you’ve spent more time here than you have at your own place.”
“There was a lot of stuff that needed to be done before we could move in!”
“You could have hired people, you know?” Jin chuckled.
“Nah, we wanted to do as much as possible ourselves,” JK said with a grin.
“Which you have. I mean the difference from when you bought the house to now? It doesn’t even look like the same place!”
“Yes, it does.”
“Only the outside! And even that’s changing too. I didn’t know you two were that rich that you could get a pool installed.”
“We’re not rich!” JK laughed, shaking his head. “I had saved up a lot, Tae had some savings and we got a mortgage. Plus, this place was pretty cheap.”
“Due to the fact that it was a ‘fixer-upper’,” Jin said. “Which in reality meant you had to renovate pretty much everything.”
“We knew that when we bought it. We were willing to put in the time and money.”

Jungkook looked around the living room, smiling as he took in the pale green walls, the wood flooring and the large windows overlooking the street as well as the backyard. He and Taehyung had looked at several houses and most of them had been in much better shape than this one. However, when they’d gotten to this place, they’d both fallen in love with the view, the layout, the fact that the house had a garage, a basement and a second floor. Taehyung and Jungkook had done a lot of renovating, ripping out flooring, bathroom interior along with kitchen interior. Now they had a kitchen that fit their needs perfectly: spacious with a kitchen island where they could eat when they felt like it. The en-suite bathroom upstairs now had a large tub and double sinks. The tub had been a bit of a splurge as it was a large enough size to fit both of them. Plus, there was also the fact that Jang-mi sometimes needed baths too. The main bedroom had white walls and a dark blue accent wall, the floor was wood as well and there was a row of closets on one of the walls, more than enough space for the two of them. There was a guest room down the hall where they’d painted the walls a pale blue but kept the original flooring as it was in good shape. The garage was spacious enough to where they could park two cars in it and the basement had quickly been determined to be the perfect space for a gym. They’d gotten a small bathroom installed there as well so the shower would never be far away after a workout. Next to the guest room upstairs, was another bedroom but that had been converted to an office, with enough space for two desks. Jungkook would work mostly from home and Tae would sometimes bring work home with him. So to JK it was easy to make sure they had a desk each where they could work.

“Hello?” A new voice was heard and JK couldn’t help but grin.
“In the living room,” Jungkook called out.
“How’s it go- oh my god, you’re done?!” Taehyung exclaimed as he rounded the corner into the living room.
“I’ve had a lot of help today,” JK smiled, nodding toward Jin. “Namjoon and Hoseok were here earlier as well.
“Wow, I didn’t think you’d be finished with the living room when I got off work,” Tae said as he moved over to JK, kissing him softly.
“We just finished it,” Jin said as he put the lid back on the paint.
“So… Now we just have to finish our bedroom tonight?” Tae said.
“Well… no,” JK chuckled.
“No?”
“Yoongi and Jimin were also here earlier…”
“You’re kidding me? The bedroom’s done too?!”
“Mhm, we should be able to start building the furniture tomorrow when the paint’s dry,” JK said with a smile.
“Please tell me you’ve thanked our friends for all the help?”
“He has,” Jin replied in JK’s stead. “A cooler with sodas and water and he ordered a lot of food from Jin Mi.”
“Wow, Jin Mi, huh? Fancy,” Tae said with a soft chuckle.
“There’s leftovers in the fridge for you,” JK smiled. “How was work?”
“It was good, lots of outdoor activities. Sophie’s really good at long jump.”
“Oh?” Jin perked up at the mention of his daughter’s name.
“Yeah, she jumped the farthest out of all the girls in her class, even beat more than half of the boys too.”
“That’s my girl,” Jin said, beaming with pride before picking up his phone as it rang.

Taehyung moved to wrap his arms around Jungkook’s shoulders, leaning in to kiss him tenderly once again. JK’s arms instantly wound around Tae’s waist as he returned the kiss.

“Missed you,” JK murmured as the kiss ended.
“Missed you too. I can’t believe the house is almost done…”
“We have amazing friends.”
“We do but don’t forget just how hard you’ve worked too? How many meetings have you had while painting? Or installing new kitchen counters?”
“A few,” JK chuckled. “It’s easy when it’s phone meetings, I can talk while keeping my hands busy. It’s not as if painting requires a lot of brain power.”
“You’re amazing,” Tae murmured softly.
“Uncle JK!” Sophie’s voice was suddenly heard and Tae and JK jumped apart.
“Sweetheart!” JK chuckled as Sophie ran over to him and threw herself into his arms. “What are you doing here?”
“We came to pick up Jin,” Namjoon said. “And Sophie demanded to see uncle JK’s new place.”
“I did! I like it! It’s ve- Mr. Kim?” Sophie cut herself off as she noticed Taehyung.
“Hi Sophie,” Tae said with a soft smile.
“Namjoon…?” JK said in a questioning tone.

They hadn’t told Sophie about JK and Tae’s relationship so the fact that Sophie was there, where Tae also was, confused JK a bit. Both Namjoon and Jin had been firm on not introducing Tae as JK’s boyfriend as they didn’t want to confuse the girl. Tae had agreed wholeheartedly as he didn’t want Sophie to be put in an odd position. Clearly Namjoon and Jin had talked about this again as they were both smiling, nodding their heads as a way to encourage Jungkook and Taehyung.

“What are you doing here, Mr. Kim? Did I do something wrong?” Sophie asked and Tae’s eyes went wide, immediately shaking his head.
“No, not at all, Sophie! I was just telling your daddy about how great you were at the long jump today,” Taehyung said with a warm smile.
“Oh okay! But… Why are you in uncle JK’s new house? Did you come to see daddy?”
“No, baby girl, Tae’s not here to see daddy. He’s here to see me,” Jungkook said and Sophie blinked at him.
“Why?”
“Because this isn’t just my new house. It’s also Mr. Kim’s.”
“Oh, you’re gonna be roomies?”
“Yeah… kind of?” Tae chuckled softly.
“I love Mr. Kim and he loves me,” JK said. “So… we’re going to live together.”
“Oh… oh! Oh! Like dad and daddy!” Sophie said excitedly. “Are you married?”
“No, no, no, we’re not married, sweetheart. But we are boyfriends,” Jungkook smiled.
“Is that okay?” Taehyung asked Sophie.
“Duh, of course,” Sophie said with an eyeroll. “Wait…. Do I still have to call you Mr. Kim?”
“In school you do. But here you can call me Tae if you want to.”
“Okay!” Sophie grinned before hugging JK. “I’m so happy, uncle JK!”
“Oh?”
“Yes, you and Mr. Kim- no, Tae, are really cute together!”

Jungkook couldn’t help but laugh softly, squeezing Sophie gently as he kissed the side of her head. Introducing Taehyung as his boyfriend went amazingly and Sophie didn’t seem upset in any way. If anything, she seemed very excited about the fact that JK and Tae were boyfriends.

“You think you wanna do a sleep over here sometime then?” JK asked Sophie.
“Yes! Dad says you have a pool!”
“Not just yet but we’re getting one. Should be done within the next few weeks.”
“Do you live here already?”
“Not quite, we’re moving in next week,” Tae said. “So you can come and have a sleep over after that.”
“Yay!”
“I’m sorry, guys, but I’m double parked,” Namjoon said. “Plus, we need to get home to make dinner.”
“Pizza?” Sophie asked with a grin.
“Nope,” Jin chuckled as he took Sophie from JK’s arms, the young girl pouting a little at not getting pizza. “It’s Tuesday though?”
“Oh tacos! Yay!” Sophie giggled excitedly.
“Thanks again, Jin, I really appreciate you staying and helping me,” Jungkook said with a warm smile. “And Namjoon, thank you for helping out before work.”
“You’re welcome,” Namjoon said before wrapping an arm around Jin. “Call us if you need any more help, yeah?”
“We will, thank you,” Tae smiled before they followed the married couple to the door, waving them goodbye.

As Jungkook closed the door after them, Taehyung leaned against the wall, letting out a heavy sigh. JK frowned a little, moving closer to his boyfriend.

“You okay, baby?”
“Yeah… yeah, yeah! I’m fine. Just… I guess that makes us as official as we can be, huh?”
“You mean Sophie knowing?” JK said and Tae nodded. “Yeah, I’d say so. NamJin have clearly decided that you’re here to stay… you’d better not be changing your mind about living with me.”
“Of course I’m not, you dork!” Tae laughed as he wrapped his arms around JK’s waist, moving closer and pressing his face against Jungkook’s neck.
“You’d better not be. Especially since you need to move out of your place at the end of the week. Plus, I’m kind of looking forward to living with you.”
“Kind of, huh?”
“Yeah, a smidge,” JK chuckled, burying his nose in Tae’s hair. “I can’t wait.”
“Me neither,” Tae murmured, lifting his head enough to where he could kiss JK’s jaw. “Are we still postponing our anniversary dinner?”
“Yeah, just until we’re moved in, yeah?”
“Yeah, good. I have a feeling we’re going to be too exhausted from all the moving to actually enjoy a nice dinner.”
“Exactly. But once we’re moved in, we’re definitely celebrating properly,” Jungkook said in a soft tone. “Good food and a lot of love making.”
“All you think about is sex,” Tae teased before yelping as JK pinched his ass. “See! Only sex.”
“Like you’re any better?” JK chuckled.
“Didn’t say I was. I’m quite addicted to having sex with you.”
“Good, because I’m definitely addicted to having sex with you… so anniversary dinner and a lot of making love when we’re fully moved in?”
“Sounds perfect,” Taehyung said before kissing Jungkook sweetly.

x-x-x-x

Two weeks later, Jungkook parked the car in the garage, hearing Jang-mi barking as he left the vehicle. Upon entering the house he had a very excited dog by his feet.

“Hello my sweet girl,” JK grinned, leaning down to kiss Jang’s head before scratching all her favorite spots. “How long have you been alone for, huh? Do you need a w-”
“Don’t say it! She’s excited enough that you’re home,” Tae exclaimed as he came out of the kitchen.
“Well hi! I didn’t think you were home,” Jungkook grinned as Tae came over to him.
“I got home about 45 minutes ago, I’ve taken our girl out already,” Taehyung smiled as he leaned in to kiss JK. “Welcome home, Jungkookie.”
“Thank you, baby.”
“I took the liberty of ordering us food when you texted that you were leaving work.”
“Is that so, huh?”
“Yeah, from Epic, should arrive within 30 minutes,” Tae smiled as JK took his shoes off, dropping his messenger bag on the floor. “Hey now, we have a hook for your bag, mister.”
“Oh, sorry,” JK laughed, picking up the bag again. “First time coming home from work to our new home, old habits die hard and all that.”

The two had spent the past week and a half packing up everything, moving things in and building all the new furniture they’d gotten. Today was the first official day where they would actually spend the night in the house. Jungkook honestly couldn’t wait to just settle in for the evening, cuddling his boyfriend on the couch and then going to sleep in their brand new bed.

“Did you drop off the keys to your house?” Tae asked as he led the way into the kitchen.
“I did, yeah, the company’s decided on selling the house when I told them I was moving, so I dropped the keys off with a realtor,” JK replied.
“So you didn’t change your mind about giving up the house, huh?”
“Well, there was a moment there where I just didn’t want to give up the terrible view, the awful water pressure and lack of pool.”
“Dork,” Tae chuckled. “Beer? Water?”
“Water please,” Jungkook smiled as he settled down at the kitchen island. “How was your day?”
“Long and boring? All those meetings where things are being discussed and we don’t really decide on anything, you know? I mean I like my co-workers but some of them really need to learn to condense what needs to be said,” Tae said with a little shrug. “How was your day?”
“It went well, I’d say. The new hires were attentive and asked a lot of good questions. Then I had a few of them stay behind and ask me more questions.”
“Did you talk to your boss about time off?”
“I did and it’s approved. I wish you’d tell me where we’re going though,” Jungkook said with a playful pout.
“Nope, it’s a surprise for our anniversary.”
“Which was yesterday.”
“I know that,” Tae laughed as he gave JK a glass of ice water. “But we’re celebrating it next week.”
“Which apparently means I have to take Monday and Tuesday off.”
“Yep, we both do. We need to drive a bit. We’re leaving on Sunday, and we'll get back on Tuesday.”
“What about Jang?”
“NamJin and Sophie are taking care of her. Don’t worry, I’ve got it all sorted out.”
“I don’t doubt that for a second, my love,” Jungkook smiled as Tae sat down. “You’re very organized.”
“I try to be,” Tae said as he ran a gentle hand over JK’s back. “I do hope you’re hungry?”
“I am, yeah, only had a protein bar for lunch.”
“And no breakfast…”
“That was not my fault!” JK laughed. “You started it!”
“I did no such thing!” Tae tried to look offended but as he was fighting a grin it really wasn’t working. “I couldn’t help myself when you were naked and had thrown the covers off.”
“I was asleep!”
“You were but you have given me permission to wake you… you changing your mind?”
“No! You waking me up is a billion times better than my alarm. But you made me, almost, late for work!”
“Then sleep with boxers and a tee on and I might be able to resist you,” Tae grinned.
“Pfft, yeah like you’ll ever allow that to happen,” Jungkook chuckled as he leaned over to kiss his boyfriend’s shoulder.
“Well… I’d allow boxers I guess?”
“But no tee, huh?”
“Nah, not unless you’re cold.”
“Which won’t ever happen really.”
“It won’t because there’s no way I’ll ever stop snuggling up to you when we sleep.”
“And I love that,” Jungkook said with a soft smile.
“Well, you’re my personal space heater.”
“That’s all I’m good for, huh?”
“Pretty much,” Tae said with a smirk before laughing as JK leaned over to bite his arm playfully. “You’re always so violent.”
“What can I say? You bring it out in me,” JK grinned.

An hour and a half later, Jungkook had just finished loading up the dishwasher. As he got it started, he stood up again, drawing in a deep breath as he looked around. It felt damn good to finally be living in the house. The fact that he was living with a boyfriend for the first time in his life only made it better. Taehyung was undoubtedly someone he loved so deeply and he couldn’t imagine being without him anymore.

“Penny for your thoughts?”
“Just… this feels perfect.”
“This?”
“Yeah, this… us… the house…” Jungkook said with a soft smile as he moved over to the doorway where Tae was standing.
“Perfect, huh?”
“Yeah, definitely… I’ve never lived with anyone before and this feels right.”
“I hope so because it was your idea,” Taehyung said as he wrapped his arms around Jungkook.
“I may have been the first to ask but you did tell me you’d been thinking about it too!”
“I had, yes. But as I said? I was worried it might be too soon for you.”
“Nope, not when I’ve found someone I love with everything that I am,” Jungkook said softly.
“I love you too, Jungkookie, so very much,” Tae murmured before kissing JK in a tender fashion.
“How about a bath?” JK asked as they pulled back from the kiss.
“You wanna break in the tub, huh?”
“Yeah and not to have sex, you devil, but just to have a nice, relaxing time.”
“Sure, sure, you say no sex but I know you, Jungkookie,” Tae teased before giggling as Jungkook pinched his side.
“Do you want to take a bath or not, you silly man?”
“Of course I want to take a bath with you.”

Soon enough Jungkook was working on filling the tub with warm water as Tae had gone to open a bottle of wine for the two of them. As the older man returned he put two glasses of white wine on the sink before leaving yet again. Not long after that, he came back in with a lighter and in no time, Taehyung had lit the candles that they had on the sink and in the window.

“Jang?” Jungkook asked.
“She’s in the guest room, asleep,” Taehyung said as he moved to undo the buttons of Jungkook’s shirt, pushing it off his shoulders.
“Good… I guess she learned that our bed is a no-go zone.”
“Well, you did spend quite a lot of time training her these past few days,” Taehyung smiled as Jungkook pulled his hoodie off. “And she’s a smart girl.”
“She definitely is. Plus, enforcing good behavior with treats does work well,” Jungkook chuckled as he tugged Tae’s tee over his head.

In no time, the two were undressed, discarding their clothes in the hamper. Then Taehyung stepped into the tub, resting back against one side and Jungkook moved to settle down opposite him, both men sighing happily as the warm water surrounded them. Tae reached over to grab the wine glasses, handing one to JK.

“Happy anniversary and happy moving-in-together-day, Jungkookie.”
“Ditto, gorgeous,” JK smiled, touching his glass to Taehyung’s before they both took sips of the wine. “I’m really glad we’re postponing the actual celebration until next week though because I’m quite honestly so worn out.”
“Yeah, I agree. My arms hurt a fair bit from all the stuff we’ve been carrying and then putting everything together.”
“It’s been exhausting but fun somehow?” JK said with a little shrug.
“I know, right? I’ve hated having to carry so much shit but knowing it was all going to our house made it okay… especially seeing everything coming together.”
“Exactly. And in two weeks our little pool will be finished too.”
“But next week we’ll be able to enjoy a big pool,” Tae said before smacking a hand over his own mouth.
“Oh… the place we’re going to has a pool, huh?” JK said with a grin as he caught on to the fact that Taehyung had said too much.
“Yes, but that’s all I’m telling you!”
“I’m not asking anything. I’m sure you’ll slip up anyway,” Jungkook smirked.
“I will not!”
“We’ll see about that, Taehyungie.”
“You’re a pain in the ass.”
“I love you too.”

Taehyung rolled his eyes before being completely unable to keep himself from grinning. Jungkook smiled warmly at his boyfriend before taking another sip of his wine. After that, he put the glass on the window ledge above them before shifting. He gently took Tae’s wine from him, putting his glass in the same place as his own. Then he leaned forward, resting his hands on either side of his boyfriend as he captured the older man’s lips in a loving kiss. Tae’s hands moved up his back and into his hair as he responded to the kiss.

“I thought we were relaxing…?” Tae asked in a breathless fashion as the kiss ended.
“We are, I just wanted to kiss my boyfriend,” Jungkook said.
“You know what your kisses do to me, baby.”
“I know they do to you what your kisses do to me.”
“So… relaxing, huh?”
“I think relaxing while kissing seems like a really good idea, don’t you agree?” JK murmured as he brushed his lips against Taehyung’s again.
“Mhm, I do.”

The two continued trading lazy kisses for several minutes, touches being kept very gentle as they simply enjoyed each other's company.

“Can I sit between your legs?” Jungkook asked after a little while. “Kneeling like this is killing my knees honestly.”
“Of course you can, I’d love for you to.”

Jungkook kissed Taehyung once more before carefully turning around, settling down in between Taehyung’s parted legs and then leaning back against his boyfriend’s chest. Immediately, the older man’s arms wrapped loosely around Jungkook’s waist and JK rested his head against Tae’s shoulder. He lifted one of his arms to be able to gently toy with Tae’s hair and both men let out content noises at exactly the same time.

“I guess we’re both comfy,” Jungkook chuckled.
“I guess we are,” Tae said before placing a soft kiss on JK's shoulder. “This is so nice.”
“It is… glad we got this tub. And the house.”
“Agreed.”
“And on Monday we’ll enjoy a very nice room with a view.”
“Yeah, overlooking the hillside,” Tae murmured before groaning as he realized what he’d said.
“Hillside, huh?”
“You are such a sneaky little devil,” Tae grumbled, biting Jungkook’s shoulder.
“You should just tell me where we’re going.”
“No, I’m not doing that!” Tae laughed. “ I want to surprise you a little at least.”
“Okay, fine… I promise I won’t ask anything or even try to make you slip up again.”
“You really promise?”
“Yes, Taehyung, I promise,” Jungkook said, turning his head to look at his boyfriend just to show how sincere he was. “Wherever we’re going I’m 100% sure I’m going to love it. It’s going to be perfect.”
“You can’t be sure of that…”
“Yes, I can.”
“How?”
“Because you’ll be there,” Jungkook said with a soft smile.

Taehyung smiled warmly at Jungkook before he leaned in to kiss him. What JK had said was the honest truth though. He knew that wherever they were going on Sunday, it would be absolutely amazing as he would be alone with Taehyung and they were celebrating their one-year-anniversary.

Chapter Text

“I’m driving,” Taehyung said as the two had put their joint suitcase in the trunk.
“Oh, are you now?” JK asked but he instantly tossed the keys to his boyfriend.
“I am because you don’t know where we’re going.”
“You’re right about that. You could tell me though and I could drive us.”
“Nope.”

Jungkook chuckled as he climbed into the passenger seat of his black Jeep watching his boyfriend settle into the driver’s seat. Once Tae had closed the door, JK leaned over to kiss the older man softly, his thumb brushing gently over Tae’s cheek.

“I can’t believe you let me pack for us,” Tae murmured as the kiss ended.
“I didn’t have much of a choice now, did I? You’re the one who knows where we’re going so you know what clothes I might need.”
“What if I didn’t pack any clothes for you then?”
“Oh so I have to walk around naked? Won’t that offend other people?” JK laughed.
“Who says I’m going to allow you to leave the hotel room?” Tae smirked as he started the car. “Or who’s to say we’re not going to a nudist colony?”
“There’s no way we’re going to a nudist place!” Jungkook laughed yet again.
“Why not?”
“Because you’re not comfortable walking around naked, even at home.”
“I do walk around naked!”
“Yeah, from the bed to the bathroom and back again.”
“What about the living room the other week?”
“You didn’t do any walking, babe, you were face down on the couch while I fucked you,” JK said with a smirk.
“Jungkookie…” Tae warned. “You’re gonna make me drive off the road.”
“You brought up the living room.”
“Fine, fine, fine,” Tae muttered. “It’s not a nudist colony.”
“I didn’t think it would be.”
“I don’t want to share you with anyone.”
“That goes both ways, baby,” Jungkook said with a soft smile, resting a gentle hand on Tae’s arm as he drove them out of the city. “Can I ask how long it’ll take us to get there?”
“Yes. It’ll take around an hour and a half depending on traffic and if we feel like stopping anywhere on the way,” Taehyung replied, flashing JK a soft smile.

Two hours later Jungkook’s eyes were round as Taehyung pulled into a long driveway, leading up to the place they’d be staying at for the next two nights. Jungkook was struggling to take it all in as it was by far the most gorgeous place he’d ever seen. The fact that Taehyung parked the car and took off his seatbelt didn’t really register with JK, he was far too busy with taking in the surroundings.

“Jungkookie?” Taehyung’s voice brought JK back and he turned to look at his boyfriend. “I think you’re surprised in a good way, right?”
“Yeah! Oh god, yes! This… It's beautiful. I can’t believe you…”
“What do you mean?”
“I was expecting a hotel…”
“It is a hotel, babe.”
“Nu-uh! This is a fucking luxury resort! How could you afford this?!”
“I may have saved up…” Tae admitted with a bashful smile. “I wanted to do something special for our anniversary.”
“Taehyung…” Jungkook murmured, leaning over to capture his boyfriend’s lips in a gentle kiss, fingertips brushing gently over his jaw. “You could have checked us in at a one-star motel and it would have been special.”
“And we’d end up leaving with bedbugs probably,” Tae chuckled.
“Would make it even more memorable.” JK shrugged before grinning as Taehyung laughed loudly.
“You’re so weird.”
“I’m proud of it.”
“Weirdo. Do you want to check in and see our room?”
“Definitely.”

In no time, they were at reception, getting checked into their hotel room. Jungkook was still looking around everywhere, blown away by how beautiful everything was. Every single thing he saw screamed subtle luxury and he’d taken full notice of the large pool before they’d made their way to the front desk. Soon after that they were taken to their room, it being on the second floor, overlooking the hillside. As Taehyung opened the door, he allowed JK to walk in first. Jungkook immediately moved to look around the room. The room had a large double bed, a fireplace and doors that opened up to a big balcony.

“Holy shit…” Jungkook mumbled as he took it all in. “Taehyung, I can’t… this… this is insane. You’re insane.”
“I’m not sure if you’re insulting or complimenting me?”
“Aish, you idiot! Of course I’m complimenting you!” JK laughed as he moved to Tae, wrapping his arms around the older man’s shoulders. “You’re insane in the best way possible. I can’t believe you did this…”
“As I said, I wanted to make our anniversary special,” Tae murmured softly.
“You’ve succeeded… I’m blown away. And I honestly want to try out the pool before catching some sun?”
“Absolutely! Let’s unpack real quick, take a shower before heading to the pool?”
“Perfect,” JK smiled before kissing his boyfriend yet again. “Thank you, Taehyungie… this is the most amazing thing anyone has ever done for me.”

Three hours later, Jungkook was stretched out on one of the loungers by the pool, thoroughly enjoying the warm sunshine. He had put an arm behind his head, propping it up a little so he could watch his boyfriend swimming in the pool. The way the sun caught Tae’s skin, making it even more beautiful, honestly took Jungkook’s breath away. Jungkook was so taken with everything that was Taehyung that he honestly felt like he couldn’t even have imagined a better boyfriend than the one he had. Taehyung completed him in every possible way and Jungkook could see himself grow old with the other man.

A splash of water on his legs brought him back to the present and he grinned as he saw Taehyung at the edge of the pool, smiling at JK.

“Towel please?” Tae said as he lifted himself out of the pool. “I’ll go get us a couple of drinks.”
“Please,” JK smiled as he tossed Tae’s towel to him.

His eyes remained focused on his boyfriend as he dried himself off somewhat.

“Taehyung?” A new voice was heard and JK frowned as a tall, slim man approached Tae.
“Oh my god, hi!” Tae exclaimed, a bright smile on his face.
“It’s so good to see you!” The brown haired man said as he and Tae embraced.

Jungkook found himself feeling all sorts of things now as he watched his boyfriend hugging another man in a way that was definitely more than friendly. Taehyung didn’t notice as he started talking to the other man immediately. Jungkook frowned a little before he stood up, not sure what he was supposed to do. He didn’t know who the other guy was and with the way Tae and him kept laughing it was clear that they knew each other very well.

“I’ll go get us drinks,” Jungkook murmured, not even sure Tae heard him as he didn’t hear a response.

As he ordered some ice tea, he looked out at where Taehyung and the other man were standing. He saw Taehyung brush a hand over the other man’s arm, giving it a light squeeze and JK very nearly growled. He wasn’t handling this well at all, he knew that, but he also couldn’t help it. Once he’d gotten the drinks, he walked back to where the other two were. He was about to put the drinks on the table next to the lounger as Taehyung turned.

“Where did you go?” Tae asked.
“Getting drinks,” JK said with a little shrug.
“C’mere, I wanna introduce you,” Tae gestured to him and Jungkook moved over to where he was standing. “Jungkook, this is Rai.”
“Oh…” JK felt his heart sink as he realized this was Tae’s ex.
“Rai, I want you to meet JK,” Tae smiled. “JK is my beloved boyfriend. My Mr. Right.”

As Taehyung said that, Jungkook found himself blinking, his heart soaring in his chest. Once he had shook hands with Rai, JK wrapped an arm around Tae’s waist.

“I’m glad you found the right guy,” Rai said with a bright grin.
“Yeah, I definitely have. How long have you worked here by the way?”
“Just over a year and a half. I live just down the road so the commute is easy,” Rai chuckled.
“Cool,” JK said, not too thrilled at the idea of having Tae’s ex there.
“This is my last work day for a week though,” Rai said and JK immediately perked up at that.
“Oh?” Tae said.
“Yeah, my girlfriend and I are going to Hawaii for her job. She’s a model.”
“That’s great, I hope you have a good time,” Tae said with a warm smile.
“I’m sure we will and now I have to get back to work. Good to see you, Tae, and good to meet you, JK. Take good care of Tae, yeah?”
“I will,” Jungkook replied.
“He already is,” Tae said before they waved goodbye to Rai. “You okay, love?”
“Yeah, of course, why wouldn’t I be?” JK asked.
“Because you just disappeared…”
“I said I was getting us drinks?”
“I heard that and I tried to stop you but you left anyway.”
“You tried to stop me?”
“I did and you just stormed off…”
“I… well…” Jungkook found himself blushing as Tae watched him with curious eyes. “I wasn’t… it…”
“You’re jealous…” Tae said with a soft smile.
“I’m not! I don’t get jealous.” JK pouted at his boyfriend.
“You’re totally jealous… baby, you have nothing to be jealous about,” Tae chuckled softly.
“I… I just… it sucked to see you hug someone while you were half naked.”
“Baby…”
“I know, I know. I’m being unreasonable. I just…”
“Shush, my love,” Tae said, putting a gentle finger over JK’s lips. “I’ve never had a partner be possessive…”
“I’m sorry.”
“No, no, you don’t get it. I love it.”
“You do?” Jungkook blinked in confusion, head tipping to the side slightly. “You love it?”
“Yeah, definitely. I love possessive Jungkook. But you don’t have to be jealous. I’m yours. 110%. For as long as you’ll have me.”
“How does forever sound?” Jungkook said softly.
“Forever sounds perfect to me,” Tae smiled before kissing Jungkook in a sweet fashion. “Now, how about we grab our drinks, order something to eat, take a shower and then just sit on the balcony as we eat? Just the two of us?”
“Sounds perfect.”
“I love you, you know?”
“I know… I love you too.”
“What do you feel like eating?” Taehyung asked as the two walked over to the restaurant.
“I’m still thinking the pan seared tuna,” Jungkook said, having looked at the menu when they had arrived earlier.
“Excellent because I want to try that but I’m still stuck on the short ribs.”
“Which was my second choice… basically we’ll share the food.”

A couple of hours later the two were settled on the balcony, digging into their food that had been delivered a little while ago. They’d opted for sparkling water, saving the bottle of wine for dessert. Jungkook still couldn’t get over the fact that his boyfriend had done this for them. There was no doubt in JK’s mind that this place was expensive and Tae had arranged for them to stay two nights.

“You know, all of this makes my gifts seem silly,” Jungkook said after a while.
“You got me a gift?” Taehyung asked, clearly surprised.
“Of course I did! It’s our anniversary!”
“Yeah but didn’t we decide on no gifts?”
“No, you decided that, I didn’t agree with you,” JK said with a soft chuckle. “Besides, you got all of this for us… it’s an amazing gift. And it makes my gifts pale.”
“Gifts? Plural? You got me gifts?! Jungkookie…”
“Well, it’s one physical gift and then another one that you can’t really take with you, unless I’m with you.”
“Oh?” Tae said, a smirk forming on his lips.
“It’s not sex!” Jungkook laughed. “Well, I mean, I hope we have sex later but that’s not the gift.”
“I’m officially confused and intrigued,” Taehyung said with a soft chuckle. “And of course we’re having sex later. We decided on lots of love making for our anniversary after all.”
“That we did.”
“Can I have my physical gift now?”
“So impatient,” JK grinned.
“I always am when it comes to you,” Tae offered with a smile and a shrug.
“I’ll get your gift as soon as we’re done eating, alright?”
“Fine, I guess I can wait that long.”
“You’re adorable,” Jungkook chuckled, giving Tae’s knee a gentle squeeze.

The two continued enjoying their food, stealing bites from each other’s plates every now and again. Once they’d finished eating, Taehyung offered to take the plates back down to the restaurant. Jungkook didn’t mind that as he then had time to open the wine bottle, lighting a couple of candles on the balcony and placing the gift box on the table there. He had found a stunning gold bracelet with a single pearl hanging from the chain. He knew Taehyung was fond of golden jewelry and he also knew Tae sometimes enjoyed wearing pearls. Jungkook was also very fond of Tae wearing jewelry. Especially when he wore a pearl necklace and nothing else.

“You kept your word,” Tae said as he came back into the room, stepping out on the balcony.
“When do I not?”
“True, you always do.”
“Wine, my love?” JK offered a glass to the other man.
“Thank you.”
“You can open the present whenever you want to.”

Much to JK’s amusement, Tae took a quick sip of his wine before putting the glass down and picking up the box. After weighing it in his hand, he frowned a little, making Jungkook frown as well.

“What’s wrong?” JK asked.
“This is too light and small to be a book.”
“Why would I get you a book?”
“Because I saw you had a bag from a bookshop in your messenger bag the other day…” Tae said with a sheepish smile making JK laugh.
“You dork. The bag was from Jimin. You know how he made me a new shirt?” JK said and Tae nodded. “He gave me the shirt in the bag. I guess he bought a book at some point?”
“Oh…” Tae was blushing a bit now. “I just assumed…”
“It’s not a book, baby, I promise.”
“I can feel that!” Tae laughed, shaking his head.
“Go ahead and open it then.”

Taehyung then pulled off the wrapping paper, discarding that on the floor next to him. Then he peered at the box. Jungkook found himself smiling as he watched his boyfriend, the older man was beyond adorable in general but right now? Well JK was very close to cooing over Tae. He managed to refrain from it though, instead focusing on taking a sip of his wine as Taehyung slowly opened the box.

“Oh…” Tae gasped softly as he got the box open. “Oh my god, Jungkook… this is… it’s beautiful.”
“Yeah?”
“Yeah, it’s… it’s perfect.”
“I know you like gold…”
“Yeah, golden things… Wait, is this real gold?!”
“It is.”
“Kookie! You really shouldn’t have…” Taehyung got to his feet, moving over to sit down in JK’s lap. “This is the most beautiful bracelet I’ve ever seen. The pearl…”
“It’s a Tahitian pearl… I kind of wa-”
“A Tahitian pearl?!”
“Yeah…? Is that… not good?” Jungkook asked, feeling a little uncertain. “The girl at the jeweler said tha-”
“You’re crazy!” Taehyung laughed. “Tahitian pearls are pretty rare.”
“They are? I just… I liked it because it’s almost black… like most of my clothes,” JK offered with a soft smile.

Taehyung laughed at that, taking out the bracelet and putting the box on the table. He then handed the bracelet to JK before offering his left wrist for him to put the bracelet on. In no time, Jungkook fastened the clasp around his boyfriend’s wrist, pleased that the bracelet was just the right size.

“It’s beautiful… and every time I wear it, I’ll feel like I have a part of you with me.”
“Yeah?”
“Yeah, definitely. Thank you so much, Jungkookie.”
“You’re welcome, my love,” JK said before kissing the older man in a sweet fashion.
“How about some dessert?” Taehyung asked as they pulled apart.
“Actual dessert or dessert?”
“Actual dessert, you sex-crazed man!” Tae laughed.
“Takes one to know one,” JK said with a smirk, giving Tae’s ass a little swat.

As they had finished their dessert later on, Taehyung moved to put the leftover chocolate cake in the fridge. Jungkook got up, moving over to the edge of the balcony and leaned against the railing as he looked out over the hillside. It was a beautiful view and especially now that the sun was beginning to slowly set. Soon enough, Taehyung’s arms wrapped around his waist and the older man rested his chin on JK’s shoulder.

“Thank you again for the bracelet, I can’t stop looking at it… it’s amazing,” Tae murmured softly.
“You’re welcome.”
“I feel kinda bad that I haven’t gotten you an actual gift though…”
“Baby, please don’t think like that… this stay here is an incredible gift. Something I’ve never experienced before and something I’ll remember for the rest of my life.”
“Yeah?”
“Yeah, definitely. I mean, I’ve been in hotels and stuff but nothing like this…”
“Have you had many boyfriends whisk you away?”
“Many?! You know I’ve only had two serious boyfriends before you,” Jungkook laughed.
“I know that but…”
“No, Taehyung, none of my previous boyfriends have ever taken me on a trip like this.”
“No dates either?”
“Of course not! You know my dating history is less than stellar.”
“I do, yes… at least until you met me.”
“Exactly. I met you and everything just seemed perfect all of a sudden. I met the perfect man.”
“That goes both ways,” Taehyung said softly, pressing a gentle kiss to JK’s jaw.
“How about we head indoors?” Jungkook suggested as he turned around in Tae’s arms.
“Sounds amazing,” Tae replied before leaning in to capture JK’s lips in a loving kiss.

Jungkook wrapped his arms around Taehyung’s shoulders, pulling him in closer as he responded to the kiss. He still had another gift coming for his boyfriend, but that gift was currently hidden underneath his shirt. He’d had so much trouble keeping his latest tattoo hidden from his boyfriend but he’d managed to find a cover for it that was skin colored as well as waterproof. That had certainly helped when they’d gotten in the pool earlier. But once they had showered after the pool, he’d taken the cover off before getting dressed. He had to admit that he was a bit nervous about showing his boyfriend the tattoo.

A few minutes later JK pushed Tae back on the bed, the doors to the balcony shut and the lights indoors dimmed. Jungkook moved to straddle his boyfriend, leaning down to kiss him yet again. His fingers moved to undo the buttons of Taehyung’s shirt, getting it open before kissing his way down the older man’s neck and chest.

“Jungkookie…” Tae breathed out before moaning low as JK teased his nipple.
“Hmm?”
“Don’t stop…”
“Wouldn’t dream of it, gorgeous.”

As he continued paying attention to every inch of skin he could, smiling as his boyfriend gasped and grabbed on to his hair. Jungkook honestly loved it when he had Tae beneath him like this, hearing all the noises he made. However, part of his brain then decided it was a good time to replay the image of Tae hugging his ex and JK found himself growling low before kissing his way up his boyfriend’s chest again.

“Mine,” Jungkook mumbled against Tae’s neck as he nipped at the skin.
“Yours… all yours,” Tae gasped, fingers curling and uncurling in JK’s hair.
“Wish I could mark you,” JK breathed out against Tae’s ear.
“Who’s stopping you?”

As Taehyung panted out the words, he also tipped his head to the side in a very clear sign that he was on board with whatever Jungkook wanted to do. A groan escaped JK at the sight before he leaned down to press heated kisses to his boyfriend’s neck. After a few moments, he latched on to the side of his neck, close to Tae’s collarbone, sucking a definite mark.

“Fuck,” Tae groaned, clearly enjoying himself a whole lot.
“All mine,” JK growled as he released the skin, pleased to see a mark begin to form.
“More… please, more…”

Hearing Taehyung say that had JK groaning before diving back in to bite, lick and suck at the skin on his boyfriend’s neck and chest. The way Tae was reacting to each and every mark he was leaving had JK feel like he was the only person in the world for Taehyung.

“Your clothes need to come off,” Jungkook muttered against his boyfriend’s neck.
“I’m not stopping you,” Tae panted.

With a bit of shifting and tugging, JK got Tae out of his shirt before pulling his shorts down as well. A smirk spread across his lips as he took full notice of the fact that the older man wasn’t wearing any underwear. Once Tae was fully naked, JK sat back, drinking in the sight of his boyfriend.

“Jungkookie…” Tae murmured.
“Hmm?”
“You’re wearing too many clothes for what I want to do.”
“Well, I guess we’ll have to fix that then,” JK said with a little grin before getting off the bed and pushing his shorts and underwear down.
“You’re not going to keep your shirt on, right? You did that the other day and I did not like it. I want to touch and feel you…”
“Babe, you were on all fours then, you couldn’t touch me,” Jungkook said with a soft chuckle.
“I could feel your tee… and now I want to see and feel all of you.”
“I guess you’d better undress me then,” JK said.

Taehyung rolled his eyes, letting out an exaggerated sigh before pushing himself up and settling on his knees at the edge of the bed. He then tugged Jungkook closer before working to undo the buttons of his shirt. Once the last button was undone, Taehyung captured JK’s lips in a bruising kiss. At the same time as they kissed, JK shrugged out of his shirt, allowing the garment to fall on the floor.

“Now get y- wait… what’s that?” Taehyung cut himself off as his eyes landed on the new tattoo, placed just above his heart.
“This? It’s a tattoo,” Jungkook said with a soft smile, fingers coming up to fiddle with his lip ring.
“You didn’t tell me you got another one…”
“I got it on Friday when you were at work, it should be healed in a week or so.”
“It’s not your star sign though…” Tae murmured.
“It isn’t, no.”
“And it’s not Jang-mi’s or Sophie’s either.”
“It’s not.”
“And that’s not your birth flower.”
“It isn’t. Mine’s a tiger flower and that’s on my arm as you well know.”
“I do… and this is a Calycanthus floridus.”
“Uh… I don’t know the latin name for it,” JK admitted with a bashful chuckle.
“Carolina allspice.”
“Mhm, it is.”
“Jungkook… what did you do?” Tae’s eyes lifted to JK’s and JK could instantly see that there were tears in Taehyung’s eyes.
“Baby, I… do you… not like it?”
“No, no, no! I just… you have a Carolina allspice and the symbol for Capricorn tattooed on your chest…”
“Yes, just over my heart,” Jungkook said softly.
“Jungkook, I… is it me? Have you tattooed things that represent me?”
“I have.”
“I… I don’t know what to say!” Tae said before letting out a watery chuckle, shaking his head a little.
“I can always have it removed if you think it’s too much?” JK was really not sure what his boyfriend was truly thinking about the tattoo.
“No! No, no, no! I’m not… I just… okay, just.. Wait. Let me… just wait,” Tae said.
“Take your time, baby, I’m not going anywhere,” JK said softly, able to tell that Taehyung was struggling to find the right words.

Jungkook rested his hands gently on Taehyung’s hips as the older man stared at his chest, fingertips brushing gently around the tattoo. While JK was nervous about the tattoo and Taehyung’s reaction, he knew that he could always get it removed if Tae hated it. Not that JK wanted to remove it but if Tae wanted him to do that? He would, no questions asked.

Suddenly, Tae grabbed hold of him and in a split second Jungkook found himself on his back on the bed, Tae hovering above him. Jungkook couldn’t help but let out a surprised laugh, eyes wide as he looked up at his boyfriend.

“You are a fucking lunatic, Jeon Jungkook,” Tae said. “You’re insane, absolutely insane. And I can’t believe I get to call you mine. I’m so fucking proud to be your boyfriend.”
“Yeah?” A smile bloomed across Jungkook’s face as he heard his boyfriend’s words.
“Yeah, undoubtedly,” Tae smiled. “I love you with everything that I am, Jungkook.”
“I love you too, Taehyung, so very much.”
“You’re still insane though.”
“Of course I am,” Jungkook said with a soft laugh.
“My Jungkookie,” Tae smiled before leaning in to kiss JK.
“So you do like the tattoo then?” JK said as the kiss ended.
“No, I don’t like it.”
“Oh…”
“I love it. Like… I can’t even express how much I love it, okay? I can’t believe you would do that for me.”
“Well, I did it for myself really because I’m so madly in love with you…”
“Yes, but you’ve made part of me permanent with you.”
“Mhm, I have. You’re it for me, Taehyungie.”

As Jungkook said that, Taehyung smiled so brightly before leaning in for an ever so loving kiss. One of JK’s hands slid up Taehyung’s back, fingers coming to curl in the older man’s hair. This time around, the kisses were gentle yet building in passion and it didn’t take very long before Jungkook could feel his boyfriend’s arousal press against his own. JK’s hands moved over Taehyung’s back and down over his ass, pulling him in a little harder. Both of them groaned against each other’s lips.

“You… you need to be inside me real soon,” Tae gasped as they eventually pulled away from each other.
“Gimme the lube then, love,” JK said, gesturing to the lube that they’d put on the nightstand earlier.
“Bossy.”
“Says the one who’s more bossy,” JK said with a soft chuckle as Taehyung reached over to grab the lube from the nightstand. “Condom?”
“Fuck no. Unless you want it?”
“No I don’t. But I will always check.”
“I know and it is appreciated. But today I want to feel all of you,” Tae smiled as he leaned down to kiss JK again, gently rolling them over so JK was on top once more.

Working Taehyung open was one of JK’s favorite things to do. The other man made so many sexy noises while he was experiencing pleasure and it definitely made JK even more turned on. It was as Jungkook had two fingers easily sliding in and out of his boyfriend that said boyfriend whined.

“Enough, enough… need you.”
“Of course, baby,” JK murmured as he leaned down to kiss Taehyung in a passionate fashion.

At the same time as they kissed, JK withdrew his fingers, swallowing Tae’s whimper. He pulled back from the kiss, making his way down the older man’s neck, leaving a few more marks here and there. Then he moved to sit back on his heels, grabbing the lube once more and coating his arousal with it.

“I’ll never tire of watching you like this,” Tae said in a breathless tone, his eyes focused on JK’s hand and cock.
“If you want to watch me like I got to watch you that time… I’m open to it.”
“Fuck…” Tae groaned at that.
“You just tell me when and I’ll put on a show for you, gorgeous,” Jungkook said as he shifted closer and lined himself up. “Not today I’m assuming though?”
“Hell no. Now you need to get inside me. Like right now,” Tae muttered, lifting his legs enough to where he could put them over JK’s thighs.

Sliding inside his boyfriend in one, slow, go had Jungkook groaning with pleasure. Seeing his boyfriend throw his head back on the bed, gasping out JK’s name was a sight JK would never get enough of. Jungkook leaned over Taehyung, resting his elbows on either side of the man beneath him, pressing several kisses over Taehyung’s jaw and neck.

“Love you so much,” JK whispered against Tae’s ear.
“Love you too,” Tae panted.

A moment later, Jungkook felt Taehyung’s legs move again, wrapping around his waist. JK continued kissing over his boyfriend’s skin, allowing him ample time to adjust. The way Taehyung felt was something JK would never tire of. He loved being inside Tae, just as much as he loved Tae inside him. Right now though, JK was all about bringing his boyfriend as much pleasure as he possibly could.

“Move, Jungkookie… Please move.”

Jungkook smiled against Taehyung’s neck, placing a kiss just beneath his ear before moving up to look down at the older man. He then shifted to pull back a little before slowly sliding back in again, groaning as Taehyung squeezed him in all the right ways.

“Fuck… you always feel so fucking good, baby… every single time,” JK mumbled as he rested his forehead against Tae’s.
“You too… feel so perfect inside me,” Tae gasped out, his hands curling in Jungkook’s hair.

Jungkook took his sweet time sliding in and out of his boyfriend, giving them both a lot of pleasure and truly making love. The way Taehyung moaned softly in between gasping out Jungkook’s name every now and again had JK feel utterly entranced. His eyes were focused on his boyfriend as they moved, Tae lifting his hips a little to meet Jungkook’s every thrust. JK allowed one hand to slide down the side of Taehyung’s body, moving in underneath him and supporting the small of his back a little. Taehyung’s legs were locked firmly around JK’s waist now and from the way the older man was trembling, Jungkook could easily tell that Tae was enjoying himself a great deal.

“Kookie… harder… please,” Tae breathed out as his eyes opened to look up at JK.
“Anything for you,” Jungkook murmured, leaning down to kiss the tip of Tae’s nose before sitting up a little more.

Both Jungkook’s hands moved down to curl around his boyfriend’s hips as he pushed in a little harder, definitely sliding in a touch deeper as well. Taehyung’s head pressed back against the bed, one of his hands moving to curl in his own hair as he moaned out Jungkook’s name rather loudly.

“So beautiful,” JK breathed out, brushing his thumbs over Taehyung’s hips.

Jungkook kept the pace rather slow still but his thrusts were harder and he kept Tae at an angle where he knew he was hitting his prostate. The fact that Taehyung now had one hand in his hair and the other curled in the sheets above him only fueled JK on further. He loved taking his boyfriend apart like this, making him feel good. It was only after another few minutes that Jungkook wrapped a hand around his boyfriend’s cock, stroking him in sync with his thrusts.

“C’mon, baby, let go for me,” JK encouraged.

Taehyung was far too wrapped up in pleasure to respond to Jungkook and that was something JK honestly loved. Just knowing that he was making his boyfriend feel so good that he was close to speechless did a number on JK every single time. He’d definitely spent a lot of time learning every single inch of Taehyung, learning just what made him tick and exactly how to fuck him to give him the most pleasure.

It only took a few more minutes before Taehyung’s body arched on the bed and he cried out Jungkook’s name, spurting over JK’s hand as well as his own stomach and chest. JK moaned loudly as Tae’s body clamped down around him and with only a few more hard, deep thrusts, JK was shaking apart as well. Taehyung’s name spilled from JK’s lips again and again as his orgasm rushed through him and he emptied himself inside his boyfriend. Jungkook quickly found himself unable to stay upright and he collapsed on top of his boyfriend, panting hard against his neck.

“Are you ever not going to break me when we have sex?” Taehyung asked after a few minutes.
“No?” Jungkook chuckled.
“Good,” Tae said as he wrapped an arm around JK’s shoulders.
“God I love you,” JK said, pressing a few soft kisses to his boyfriend’s neck and jaw.
“Not as much as I love you.”
“Oh, so we’re doing this again, huh? Didn’t we agree that we’re both equally in love, hmm?”
“Fine, yes, we did agree on that,” Tae muttered as he turned his head to kiss JK’s ear. “Move please? You’re heavy.”
“Are you calling me fat?” JK asked in a (fake) shocked tone but he did carefully slide out of his boyfriend, tipping over to the side of him.
“Nope, you just have so much muscle that you get heavy.”
“Should I stop working out?”
“Don’t you dare!” Tae grinned as he looked at JK in a rather goofy fashion. “I love every single muscle of yours…”
“You’re saying you’re only with me for my body?”
“Pretty much, yes.”
“Stop being such an ass,” Jungkook laughed.
“Why would I? You love my ass.”
“Touché,” JK chuckled, pulling his boyfriend closer. “Do you want to take a shower?”
“Yeah… soon,” Tae mumbled as he pressed himself against Jungkook’s side.
“Little nap first, huh?”
“Yes please.”

Jungkook smiled, moving to wrap his arms around his boyfriend, pulling him in close. Taehyung shifted in close to where he had his nose pressed against Jungkook’s neck. It didn’t take long before JK heard and felt Tae’s breathing even out and he knew that the older man was asleep. JK buried his nose in Taehyung’s hair, breathing in deeply before he allowed himself to drift off as well.

x-x-x-x-x

The next morning, Jungkook blinked his eyes open, letting out a quiet groan as he saw that Taehyung was awake. Without a single word, Taehyung moved to make Jungkook a cup of coffee, quickly serving it before handing it to him.

“Good morning,” Tae smiled as he pressed a kiss to Jungkook’s cheek before JK took a sip of the coffee.
“Mmm,” JK mumbled, offering a loving smile at his boyfriend but not really interested in talking just yet.
“Take your time, love,” Taehyung chuckled as he walked over to push the balcony doors open, letting in some fresh air as well.
“Clock?” Jungkook asked in a sleep-laced tone.
“Just after 9am. Considering the fact that we probably didn’t fall asleep until 4am I’m sure we’re going to end up napping later.”
“Sex first.”
“Now?” Taehyung laughed. “Babe, you’re not awake yet.”
“Later.”
“Ah, sex and then a nap later on in the day?” Tae grinned and Jungkook nodded. “I think that can be arranged. You don’t think we had enough sex last night then?”
“Never.”

Taehyung chuckled at JK’s response before walking over to the phone to order them some breakfast. Jungkook finished his coffee just in time for Taehyung to move over to sit down on the bed with him.

“Too many clothes,” JK muttered as he tugged at Tae’s shirt.
“I kinda need to wear clothes or I’ll scar the person delivering breakfast,” Tae grinned, leaning over to kiss JK’s shoulder.
“Not scarring at all. But yes, clothes should be on because you’re mine,” Jungkook said.
“I am, yes.”

Once breakfast was delivered, the two opted to eat on the balcony, enjoying the warm air. As Taehyung reached over to grab another piece of toast his shirt slid off his shoulder, exposing his clavicle. JK’s eyes were instantly drawn there and he found himself blushing and grinning.

“Oh my god…”
“Huh?” Tae asked as he looked up at JK. “Why are you blushing?”
“You haven’t looked in the mirror, have you?”
“No… does my hair look that weird?” Tae said, running a hand through his hair.
“Your hair’s fine, it’s just… you have a very pronounced hickey…”
“Well, considering the fact that you were all over me last night, that's not a surprise.”
“I didn’t think it would be that purple though… sorry,” Jungkook said.
“Babe? I don’t mind at all,” Tae said softly.
“Really?”
“Yeah, I told you yesterday - I love that you’re possessive.”
“But you… your job…”
“I’ll just zip up my track jacket, it has a high collar,” Tae said with a little shrug.
“You really don’t care?”
“No, not at all. However I love that you got that carried away.”
“You really are a dream come true,” Jungkook said with a little chuckle, shaking his head. “No, scratch that… I couldn’t even have dreamed of having a boyfriend like you. I didn’t think someone like you existed.”
“That goes both ways, my love,” Tae said, lifting JK’s hand to press a kiss to it.

They continued enjoying their breakfast before they decided on taking a shower before heading down to the pool. It was as Jungkook had come back into the room after returning the plates that he heard Taehyung giggling to himself.

“What is so funny?” JK asked as he closed the door, making his way to the bathroom.
“I think I’ll be wearing a swim shirt today,” Tae said as he turned to face Jungkook.
“Oh fuck. Oh my god, I’m so sorry!”
“Stop apologizing, babe.”
“But you… you look… you look like…”
“Like I have been mauled by a wild animal?” Tae giggled. “Well, a wild Jungkook.”
“Why are you laughing? I didn’t think I went that hard!” JK groaned, his cheeks turning redder by the second. “I didn’t mean to-”
“Hush, babe.”
“But I…”
“No buts, you have nothing to apologize for because I love every single mark you’ve left.”
“Taehyung, I just…”
“I’m very fond of this mark right here,” Tae said, pointing to a rather prominent bruise around his left nipple.
“Oh god… stop…”
“Never. I also love the one on my thigh here. And the one on my hip. My absolute favorite is this one though,” Tae grinned as he pointed to the one just above his clavicle. “Because this one will definitely last the longest.”
“How are you not annoyed with me? I’ve basically mauled you,” JK said.
“Because I love it. Get it through that beautiful head of yours that I love how possessive you got.”
“Taehyungie…”
“I’m serious, okay?” Tae said as he pulled JK in closer. “Would you be opposed to doing it again some day?”
“I… well… no?”
“Good, because whenever you feel like marking me? You have my permission.”
“Tae…”
“I know you’re still going to ask every single time but I’m telling you right now and I am of sound mind and body,” Tae said and JK rolled his eyes before chuckling. “You have my full and complete permission to mark me whenever you want to.”
“Why are you like this?” JK chuckled as he leaned in to kiss Taehyung.
“Why? Because I’ve finally found the one person I can be myself with 100%... I trust you wholeheartedly.”

Jungkook smiled softly before he wrapped his arms around Taehyung’s shoulders, pulling him in closer. He placed a soft kiss on Taehyung's cheek before kissing his way down to the mark on his neck. Then he kissed his way down further, enjoying the way Taehyung’s breath hitched a little here and there.

“Weren’t we taking a shower before going to the pool?” Taehyung asked after a few more minutes.
“We are, I just need to kiss every mark I’ve left first,” JK said.
“Of course you do,” Tae said with a soft chuckle, his fingers combing gently through Jungkook’s hair.
“You have a swim shirt?” Jungkook said suddenly, causing Taehyung to laugh.
“That only computed now?!”
“Well… yes… I was distracted!”
“You’re ridiculous. But yes, I do have a swim shirt. Sometimes I want to protect my shoulders and chest if I’m in a pool outdoors. And when I take my students swimming I tend to wear it too.”
“Yeah, that makes sense,” JK said with a soft smile.
“Please continue, you still haven’t kissed the one on my neck,” Tae said.
“Yes, I have.”
“Well, you should kiss it again,” Tae smirked.
“I should, huh?” JK chuckled before leaning in to kiss the mark on Tae’s neck softly.
“Okay… okay, now we can shower.”

Jungkook laughed before giving Tae’s ass a gentle swat. Then he moved to turn the shower on, adjusting the temperature. After that he shed his clothes and then he tugged Tae into the shower with him. It didn’t take long before the two were kissing yet again and Jungkook couldn’t help but hum happily against his boyfriend’s lips.

The way Taehyung made him feel was so unlike anything he’d ever felt before and Jungkook knew that Tae was definitely The One for him and it really seemed as though Tae was feeling the same way. Jungkook honestly couldn’t wait to see what the future would hold for them.